Press Alt + R to read the document text or Alt + P to download or print.
This document contains no pages.
10-1013_TETRA TECH_Contract32400 PASEO ADEL/ANTO
SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO, CA 92675
(949) 493.1171
(949) 493-1059 FAX
www.sanjuancapistrano_org
NOTICE TO PROCEED
TO: Tetra Tech.
17885 Von Karman Road, Suite 800
Irvine, CA 02614
MEMBERS OF THE CITY COUNCIL
SAM ALLEVATO
LAURA FREESE
THOMAS W. HRIBAR
MARK NIELSEN
DR. LONDRES USO
Project: GWRP Expansion -- Phase 1 - Relocations and Preparatory Work Associated
with Installation of Granulated Activated Carbon (GAC) System - CIP No. 10802
Amount of Contract: $420,139.00
You are hereby notified to commence work on the referenced contract on
November 1, 2010, and to fully complete all of the work of said contract no later than
Jppuary 31, 2011.
Tia
is 15` November 2010
orris
City Clerk
ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE
Receipt of the foregoing Notice, to proceed is hereby acknowledged by
this � day of fV o, -A,- 2010.
Please sign and return one original, retain the other for your records.
cc. Paul Scionti, Sr. Management Analyst
date
San Juan Capistrano: Preserving the Past to Enhance the Future
��.9 P— 0 -t 1nnV m— 1-1 n—r
TETRATECH
"RANSMMI'AL Iki R Ez (%N�l V "£
2010 NOV -8 A 9:0
To: City of San Juan Capistrano :. Date: November 4, 2010
32400 Paseo Adelanto %� �� i $ J r :
San Juan Capistrano, CA 92675
(949) 493-1171
Attention: Maria Morris, City Clerk
Project Name: GWTP Expansion - Phase 1
,v a
Enclosing: ❑ Per Your Request Via:
❑ For Your Review
Description;- -
Signed Acceptance of Notice
Remarks:
SDT/cg
P:i092901135-09290-110021ProiMwntlCorrespoiidencc1tr008-2014-11-04-SJC.doe
Job No. 135-09290-11002-5001 (100)
❑ Overnight Service ❑ Messenger ❑ Other
❑ UPS ® U.S. Mail
Signed:
Steve Tedesco, P.E.
TETRA TECH
17885 Von Karman Avenue
Suite 500
Irvine, GA 92614-6213
Tel- 949.809.5000
Fax: 949.809.5010
CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO
COUNTY OF ORANGE
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
SPECIFICATIONS
AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1
RELOCATIONS AND PREPARATORY WORK ASSOCIATED WITH
INSTALLATION OF GRANULATED ACTIVATED CARBON (CAC) SYS'T'EM
(CIP 10802)
Members of the City„Council
DR. LONDRES USO, MAYOR
LAURA FREESE SAM ALL EVATO
THOMAS HRIBAR MARK NIELSEN
CITY MANAGER
JOE TAIT
ASSISTANT UTILITIES DIRECTOR
WILLIAM CURRY
October 6, 2010
GWRP Expansion — Phase 1
GWRP EXPANSION PHASE.
RELOCATIONS AND PREPARATORY WORK ASSOCIATED WITH
INSTALLATION OF GRANULATED ACTI
1 CARBON (GAC) SYSTEM
0 -.,
The Specifications contained herein have been prepared by, or
under the direct supervision of, the following Registered Civil
Engineer.:
Engineer of Record: �Q.
._,
Tetra Tech.
Civil Engineer C 53077
Approved by.
0
i
J seph E Tait
ti ti lrector
City of San Juan Capistrano
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1
PV92901134-09280-100061DocslSpecsiGWRPphase1\02 S pature Page.docx
SIGNATURE PAGE
CONTRACT AND SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I -- CONTRACTUAL DOCUMENTS AND FORMS
Agreement and Bonds
Agreement Form
Worker's Compensation Certificate
Performance Bond
Payment Bond
Certificate of Insurance
PART II -- CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
General Conditions of the Construction Contract
Supplementary General Condition
PART III -- TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 2 — SITE CONSTRUCTION
02646 — PVC PRESSURE PIPE
02650 — STEEL PIPE
DIVISION 3 — CONCRETE
03100 — CONCRETE FORMWORK
03200 —REINFORCING STEEL FOR CONCRETE
03300 -- CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
DIVISION 5 — METALS
05120 — STRUCTURAL STEED
DIVISION 15 — MECHANICAL
15000 — PIPING, GENERAL
15104 — BUTTERFLY VALVES
DIVISION 16 — ELECTRICAL
16000 -- ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
DIVISION 17 -- INSTRUMENTATION
17000 — INSTRUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
GWRP EXPANSION PHASE 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS
P:14F52901134-09290-100065DocslSpecsiGWRPphase1iO3TOC.docx TOC_ I
CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO
GWRP EXPANSION - PHASE 1
RELOCATIONS AND PREPARATORY WORK ASSOCIATED WITH
INSTALLATION OF GRANULATED ACTIVATED CARBON (GAC) SYSTEM
CIP NO. 10802
PART I - CONTRACTUAL DOCUMENTS AND FORMS
Agreement and Bonds
Agreement Form
Worker's Compensation Certificate
Performance Bond
Payment Bond
Certificate of Insurance
GWRP EXPANSION - PHASE 1 PART I
P:1092901134-09290-100060ocs\Spacs�GWRPphase1R04 Part [ Contents.docx
9 ' Oi ► as N Il wela1L' e\.
The Contractor shall furnish the following information.
1. CONTRACTOR'S Name and Street Address:
TETRA TECH
17885 VON KARMAN AVE SUITE 500
IRVINE; CA 92614
2. CONTRACTOR'S CONTACT INFORMATION:
Telephone Number: ( 949 } 809-5000
Facsimile Number: ( 949 } 809-5010
E-mail address: steve.tedesco@tetratech.com
1 CONTRACTOR'S License: Primary Classification Class A
State License Number(s) 55155
Supplemental License Classifications HAZ
4. Surety Company and Agent who will provide the required Bonds on this Contract:
61
['3
7
Name of Surety
Address
Surety Company Agent
Telephone Numbers:
Agent ( )
Surety ( }
Type of Firm (Individual, Partnership or Corporation): Corporation
Corporation organized under the laws of the State of:
List the names and addresses of the principal members of the firm or names and titles of the
principal officers of the corporation or firm:
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL INFORMATION
P:1092901134-09290-10006tDocslSpecs\GWRPphase4113NdderGeneral lnfo.docx BI© FORMS
CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL. INFORMATION (Continued)
8. Number of years experience as a contractor in this specific type of construction work: __
9. List at least three related projects of comparable size and complexity completed to date:
1. Owner
Contact _
Phone ( )
Project �)
2. Owner
Contact
Phone (_ )
Project (_)
3. Owner
Contact
Phone ( __)
Project �}
Address
Class of work
Contract amount
Date completed,
Address
Class of work
Contract amount
Date completed.
Address
Class of work
Contract amount
Date completed _
10. List the name and title of the person who will supervise full-time the proposed work for your firm:
Neil Barnsdale, P.E., Project Manager
11, Is full-time supervisor an employee Yes OR contract services ?
12. A financial statement or other information and references sufficiently comprehensive to permit an appraisal of
your current financial condition may be required by the Engineer.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL INFORMATION
P:i09290\134-09290-10006tiDoes15pecelGWRPphase1113Bidder Generallnfo.docx BID FORMS
CONTRACT
This contract is made and entered into by and between the CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO,
hereinafter referred to as "CITY" and TETRA TECH hereinafter referred to as
"CONTRACTOR."
IT IS HEREBY AGREED BETWEEN THE PARTIES AS FOLLOWS:
FIRST. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The contract documents shall be considered to include the
Proposal Schedule, the Contract which is prepared for execution by the CITY and the
CONTRACTOR. Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions, the Standard Specifications for
Public Works Construction 2006 Edition, including all Supplements, Contract Bonds,
Resolutions adopted by the CITY pertaining to the work, insurance policies and certificates, and
any supplemental written agreements amending or extending the scope of the work originally
contemplated that may be required to complete. the work in a substantial and acceptable manner.
SECOND. THE WORK. CONTRACTOR agrees to furnish all tools, labor, material, equipment,
transportation, and supplies necessary to perform and complete in good and workmanlike manner
the construction of GWRP EXPANSION ---- PHASE I - RELOCATIONS AND
PREPARATORY WORK ASSOCIATED WITH INSTALLATION OF GRANULATED
ACTIVATED CARBON GAC SYSTEM fCIP 10802 in strict conformity with the Plans,
Specifications and all other contract documents, which documents are on file at the Office of the
City Clerk, City Hall, 32400 Paseo Adelanto, San .Tuan Capistrano, California.
THIRD. PAYMENT. CITY agrees to pay, and CONTRACTOR agrees to accept, the lump sum
of $420,139.00 adjusted for variations of quantities, at the prices designated in bid proposal at the
time and in the manner set forth in the Specifications.
FOURTH. COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF THE WORK. CONTRACTOR
agrees to begin and complete the work within 90 calendar days from the Notice to Proceed date.
It is agreed that it would be impractical and extremely difficult to fix the actual amount of
damages, and loss sustained by CITY, should CONTRACTOR. fail to complete the work in the
specified time; therefore, CONTRACTOR shall pay CITY, as liquidated damages, not in the
nature of a penalty, the City's actual damages resulting from CONTRACTOR'S failure to
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 CONTRACT
P:1092901134-09290-10006�DocstiSpecs\GWRPphase1114 Contract.cloc
complete the project in accordance with the conditions of the Contract Documents; provided that
extensions of time with waiver of liquidated damages, may be granted as provided in the Contract
Documents.
FIFTH. PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL BOND. CONTRACTOR
agrees to furnish bonds guaranteeing the performance of this contract and guaranteeing payment
of all labor and material used under this contract, as required by the laws of the State of
California,. on forms approved by the CITY. The Performance Bond shall be for an amount of
one hundred percent (100°/x) of the amount of this contract and shall be conditioned on full and
complete performance of the contract, guaranteeing the work against faulty workmanship and
materials for a period of one (1) year after completion and acceptance. The Labor and Material
Bond shall be for an amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of this contract and
shall be conditioned upon full payment of all Labor and Material' entering into or incidental to the
work covered by this contract. CONTRACTOR agrees to furnish the bonds on the forms found
within the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR agrees to pay CITY such sum as the Court may judge as reasonable for the legal
services of any attorney representing the CITY in any action brought to enforce or interpret the
obligations of this agreement, and such sums shall be made a part of any judgment in such action
against CONTRACTOR if such action is determined in favor of said CITY. The required
Performance, Labor and Materials Bonds, and Bid Bond shall provide that the surety shall pay
attorney's fees incurred by CITY in enforcing this agreement.
SIXTH. GENERAL PREVAILING RATE OF PER DIEM WAGES. Pursuant to the Labor
Code of the State of California, copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages, as determined by
the Director of the State Department of Industrial Relations, are on file in the Office of the City
Clerk, 32400 Paseo Adelanto, San Juan Capistrano, California, and are hereby incorporated and.
made a part hereof: CONTRACTOR agrees that he, or any SUB -CONTRACTOR under him,
shall pay not less than the foregoing specified prevailing rates of wages to all workmen employed
in the execution of the contract.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE t CONTRACT
P:1092901134-09290-10006\DocslSpecslGWRPpnasel114 ConlracLdoc
SEVENTH. INSURANCE. CONTRACTOR shall maintain at all times during this contract
liability and property damage insurance naming the CITY and its elected and appointed officials
as a named insured, which such policies shall be of an amount not less than Two Million Dollars
($2,000,000) combined single limit. Insurance certificates shall be for a minimum period of one
(1) year.
CONTRACTOR shall maintain in full force and effect comprehensive automobile liability
coverage, including owned, hired, and non -owned vehicles in the following minimum amounts:
$1,000,000 property damage;
$1,000,000 injury to one person/any one occurrence/ not limited to contractual period;
$2,000,000 injury to more than one person/any one occurrence/not limited to contractual
period.
The insurance policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have an attached rider providing that in
the event of expiration of proposed cancellation of such policies for any reason whatsoever, the
CITY shall be notified by registered mail, return receipt requested, giving a sufficient time before
the date thereof to comply with the applicable law or statute but in no event less than thirty (30)
days before expiration or cancellation is effective. CONTRACTOR shall provide to CITY the
policy certificate establishing that the required level of insurance has been satisfied.
CONTRACTOR shall indemnify, defend and save harmless the CITY, its officers, agents,
consultants, contractors and employees from and against any and all claims, demands, loss or
liability of any kind or nature which CONTRACTOR, its officers, agents and employees may
sustain or incur or which may be imposed upon them or any of them for injury to or death of
persons, damage to property as a result of, or arising out of, or in any manner connected with the
negligent performance of the obligations under this contract by Contractor.
EIGHTH. COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER PROVISIONS OF LAW RELATIVE TO PUBLIC
CONTRACTS. CITY is subject to the provisions of the Government Code and the Labor Code of
the State of California. It is stipulated and agreed that all provisions of law applicable to public
contracts are a part of this contract to the same extent as though set forth herein and shall be
complied with by CONTRACTOR. These include, but are not limited to, the stipulation that
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 CONTRACT
P:1092901134-09290-10006\Docs\Specs\GWRPphase9114 Contract.doc
eight (8) hours labor constitute a legal day's work and CONTRACTOR shall, as a penalty to
CITY, forfeit Twenty-five Dollar ($25) for each workman employed in the execution of the
Contract by CONTRACTOR, or by any SUB -CONTRACTOR, for each calendar day during
which such workman is required or permitted to work more than eight (8) hours in violation of the
provisions of Article Three, Chapter One, fart Seven, Division 2, of the California Labor Code,
except as permitted by law.
If CONTRACTOR is not already enrolled in the U.S. Department of Homeland Security's E -
Verify program, CONTRACTOR shall enroll in the E -Verify program within fifteen days of the
effective date of this Agreement to verify the employment authorization of new employees
assigned to perform work hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall verify employment authorization
within three days of hiring a new employee to perform work under this Agreement. Information
pertaining to the E -Verify program can be found at http://www.uscis.gov, or access the
registration page at https://www.vis-dhs.com/employerregistration. CONTRACTOR shall certify
its registration with E -Verify and provide its registration number within sixteen days of the
effective date of this Agreement. Failure to provide certification will result in withholding
payment until. full compliance is demonstrated.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this contract is executed by the duly authorized agent(s) of CITY,
pursuant to City Council action, and by CONTRACTOR on the date set before the naive of each.
City of San Juan Capistrano
DATED: 3 / o BY:
Joe T it, City Manager
BY:
f of e
CONTRACTOR, LICENSE NO. AND CLASSIFICATION
TECH
State Lic No. 55155 Class A and HAZ
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 CONTRACT
P:109290%134-09290-10006\1)ots%SpecsIGWRPphase1114 Contract.doc
ATTEST:
Maria Morris, City Clerk
APPRO ED AS TO FORM:
OrqOSandoval, City = t rney
GWRP EXPANSION - PHASE 1 CONTRACT
P:1n2901134-09290-100061Docs'SpecsIGWRPphasel\14 Cantract.doc
This is EXHIt31T B, consisting of one page,
referred to in and made a part of the
AGREEMENT between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR.
PROPOSAL SCHEDULE
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 — RELOCATIONS AND PREPARATORY WORK ASSOCIATED WITH
INSTALLATION OF GRANLATED ACTIVATED CARBON (GAC) SYSTEM
CIP NO. 10802
ID
Estimated
Description Quantic
Unit Unit Price
Extended
Price
1
Relocations and Preparatory Work 1
LS $420,139
$420,139
TOTAL:
$420,139
TETRA TECH
Name of Bidder or Firm
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 UNIT PRICE BID SCHEDULE
PA092905134-0929£1-1000B5DoeslspecslGWRPphaee1S09Bid schedule rev.docx BID FORMS
WORKER'S COMPENSATION CERTIFICATE
(AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 1861
OF THE CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE)
I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the California Labor Code, which require
every employer to be insured against liability for worker's compensation, or to undertake
self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of said Code, and I will comply with such
provisions before commencing the performance of the Work of this Contract.
Contractor TETRA TECH
Title . rN
GWRP EXPANSION - PHASE 1 WORKERS COMPENSATION CERTIFICATE
P:1092901134-09290-100061L3ocs5SpecsiGWRPphase1i16 Workers Comp.docx AGREEMENT AND BONDS
PERFORMANCE BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,
11i
as Contractor,
And as Surety,
are held firmly bound unto the City of San Juan Capistrano, a legal entity, organized and existing in the
County of Orange, California, hereinafter called the "Owner," in the sum of:
dollars,
for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors,
administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS said Contractor has been awarded and is about to eater into the annexed Agreement with said
Owner to perform the Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents entitled:
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 — RELOCATIONS AND PREPARATORY WORK ASSOCIATED WITH
INSTALLATION OF GRANULATED ACTIVATED CARBON (GAC) SYSTEM CIP NO. 7706
NOW THEREFORE, if said Contractor shall perform all the requirements of said Contract Documents
required to be performed on its part, at the times and in the manner specified herein, then this obligation
shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED, that any alterations in the Work to be done or the materials to be furnished, or changes in the
time of completion, which may be made pursuant to the terms of said Contract Documents, shall not in any
way release said Contractor or said Surety thereunder, nor shall any extensions of time granted under the
provisions of said Contract Documents, release either said Contractor or said Surety, and notice of such
alterations or extensions of the Agreement is hereby waived by said Surety.
SIGNED AND SEALED, this day of 20
Contractor Surety
By By
Title Title
(SEAL AND NOTARIAL
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
OF SURETY)
GWRP EXPANSION.... PHASE 1 PERFORMANCE BOND
P:,092901134-09290-1000E,DocsSSpecsSGWRPphase1\16Performance Sond.docx AGREEMENT AND BONDS
PAYMENT BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,
That as Surety,
are held firmly bound unto the City of San Juan Capistrano, a legal entity, organized and existing in the
County of Orange, State of California, hereinafter called the "Owner,' in the sum of:
dollars,
for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors,
administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, said Contractor has been awarded and is about to enter into the annexed agreement with said
Owner to perform the Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents entitled:
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 — RELOCATIONS AND PREPARATORY WORK ASSOCIATED WITH
INSTALLATION OF GRANULATED ACTIVATED CARBON (GAC) SYSTEM CIP NO, 10802
NOW THEREFORE, if said Contractor, its subcontractors, its heirs, executors, administrators, successors,
or assigns shall tail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, equipment, or other supplies used in,
upon, for, or about the performance of the Work contracted to be done, or for any work or labor thereon of
any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code, or for any amounts required to be
deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Development Department from the wages of
employees of the Contractor and its subcontractors pursuant to Section 13020 of the Unemployment
Insurance Code with respect to such labor, all as required by the provisions of Title XV, Chapter 7, Sections
3247-3252, inclusive, of the Civil Code of the State of California and acts amendatory thereof, and Sections
of other Codes of the State of California referred to therein and acts amendatory thereof, and provided that
the persons, companies, or corporations so furnishing said materials, provisions, equipment, or other
supplies, appliances, or power used in, upon, for, or about performance of the Work contracted to be
executed or performed, or any person, company, or corporation renting or hiring implements or machinery
or power for, or contributing to, said work to be done, or any person who performs work or labor upon the
same, or any person who supplies both work and materials therefore, shall have complied with the
provisions of said laws, then said surety will pay the same in an amount not exceeding the sum
hereinbefore set forth, and also will pay, in case suit is brought upon this bond, a reasonable attorney's fee
as shall be fixed by the Court. This Bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons named in Section
3181 of the Civil Code of the State of California so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any
suit brought upon this bond.
PROVIDED, that any alterations in the Work to be done or the materials to be furnished, or changes in the
time of completion, which may be made pursuant to the terms of said Contract Documents, shall not in any
way release said Contractor or said Surety thereunder, nor shall any extensions of time granted under the
provisions of said Contract Documents release either said Contractor or said Surety, and notice of said
alterations or extensions of the Agreement is hereby waived by said Surety.
SIGNED AND SEALED, this day of 20
Contractor
M
Title
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1
P:1092805134-09250-10006\DocslSpecslGWRPphase1117 Payment Bond.docx
Surety
M
Title
(SEAL AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT
OF SURETY)
PAYMENT BOND
AGREEMENT AND BONDS
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
THIS CERTIFICATE ISSUED TO THE OWNER/AGENTS LISTED BELOW DESIGNATED BY THE CONTRACT WITH THE INSURED
NAME AND ADDRESS OF INSURED
INSURANCE COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE
COMPANY A
B
C
D
TYPE OP WORK. PERFORMEDAND LOCAXION
POLICY
LIMITS OF LIABILITY IN THOUSANDS x1000
TYPE OF INSURANCE
POLICY NUMBER
EXPIRATION
DATE
EACH
OCCURRENCE
AGGREGATE
COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL
LIABILITY
Including:
BODILY IN AY
$'
}iHP[,D5KiN ANDCCJJAY,SI'.
PROPERTY DAMAGE
$
❑ UNDERGROUND DAM.AGH
PRODUCrsicomPLETHD OPERA't:oNS
❑
BODILY WJU RY
AND PROPEavY
CON'PiiALTI;-AL &<S;:IiAtdC[:
DAMAOC COMBINED
$❑
BROAD FORME PRONIVY DAMAQE
❑ 1NDEPF:.NDFN7 CONTRACTORS
PrAsONAL LNIURY $.
❑
P17RSONALINJURY
COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE
BODILY MAY
LIABILITY
F,ACFIPIItsON $
Including:
OWNED
EACH ACCIDENT $
❑ IaRFD
PROPERTY DAMAGE F
❑ NON -OWNED
MU2'Oli CARRIER AC"r
BODILY IIJX
_
AND PROPERTY
bAM AOL COM B INEO $
EXCESS LIABILITY
BOD LY 3f URY
Inc!uding:
AND PROPtt€t'1'Y
❑DAMACECOIABINGD
eMrcaYERs LIAe€Lrr'Y
$.
WORKER'S COMPENSATION
STA: rORY
and
EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY
Including:
E- $ tP':.4C73ACCn]INTj
WNC S€IOE EMENSANSI
EtAR©Oli WORKFm
OTHER ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT - CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO
The undersigned certifies that he or she is the reptesentative of the above-named insurance companies, that he or she has the authority to execute and issue this certificate to Certificate Bolder, and
amordingty, does hereby certify on behalfdfsaid insurance co€npanies(Leat policies ofirsurance listod above have been issued to the insured rained above and are in torceat this time. Notwithstanding
any requirement, term, or condition of any contract (it other document with respect to which this certificate tufty be issued or utay penain, the insurance afforded by the palieias dascribcd herein is
subjeci to at the terms, exclusions, and conditions al'Such poSioies. Coples of €he politics shown will be lirrnished to the Ccrulicale Holder upon request.
This Certificate does not amend, extend, or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed,
Cancellation: Should any of the above described policies be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, the issuing company will mail 30 days written notice to the below -named eertifieata holder:
NAME AND ADDRESS OF ADDITIONAL INSURED
DATE ISSUED
BY _
_n..i3ionta.�o xteiu3�tw3 Lt ., 0}ivsuenn[Y,Ca�N sArrOR'ktifeP�3:itA(>t:
GWRP EXPANSION - PHASE 'I CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
P:10929M134-09290-100061Docs6pecsIGWRPphase?51$ Cert of Insurance REV.docx AGREEMENT AND BONDS
il1A[4-A01li ►l.14
BUSINESS AUTO
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.
ADDITIONAL INSURED
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:
►-- COOKSITT4 C= 0:l1
It is agreed that the "Who Is An Insured" provision is amended to include as an insured
the person or organization designated below as an additional insured, subject to the
following provisions:
This insurance applies only with respect to any Liability arising out of the operation of
covered autos on the additional insureds premises described below,
(2). The Named Insured is authorized to act for such additional insured in all matters
pertaining to this insurance, including receipt of notice of cancellation;
(3). Return premium, if any, shall be paid to the Named Insured;
(4). Nothing contained herein shall affect any right of recovery as a claimant which
the additional Insured would have if not designated as such.
CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO
Maria Morris
Clerk of the Board
GWRP EXPANSION - PHASE 1 INSURANCE ENDORSEMENT.... AUTO
P:4092901134-09290-100061E)ocstiSpeoslGWRPpnesi3109 Enaorsement.doax AGREEMENT AND BONDS
M._ 154 VA u:
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY, PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.
ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES or
CONTRACTORS [Form B
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:
COMMERCIAL GENERAL. LIABILITY COVERAGE PART
r 4
Name of Person or Organization -
CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO
Maria Morris
Clerk of the Board
(If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be
shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement.)
WHO IS AN INSURED (Section 11) is amended to include as an insured the person or
organization shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability arising out of "your
work" for that insured by or for you.
GWRP EXPANSION - PHASE 1 INSURANCE ENDORSEMENT - LIABILITY
P:10929Okl34-0929€1-100081DooslSpeesIGWRPphaselV2#3 ErtdorsementCommGen Uab.dmx AGREEMENT AND BONDS
CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO
PART II - CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
General Conditions of the Contract
Supplementary General Conditions
GWRP EXPANSION - PHASE 1 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:109290%134-09290-tOG061DocslSpecsSGWRPphase1V21 Part ![-Condi6ons.doex GENERAL. CONDITIONS
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY......................................................................................5
1.01 Defined Terms.................................................................................................................... 5
1.02 Terminology.............................................................................. .......:.8
.................................
ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS.....................................................................................................
9
2.01
Delivery of Bonds...............................................................................................................
9
2.02
Copies of Documents.........................................................................................................
9
2.03
Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed. .............
........... .......................... 9
2.04
Starting the Work................................................................................................................
9
2.05
Before Starting Construction .......................... ............:.................................................
...... 9
2.06
Preconstruction Conference.............................................................................................
10
2.07
Initial Acceptance of Schedules ....................... --.......... ...............
............................ ....... 10
ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT,. AMENDING, REUSE ............................................... 10
3.01 Intent ........... ........... ....................... ....................... ..................................... ......... ............... 10
3.02 Reference Standards...................................................................................................... 11
3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies.......................................................................... 11
3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents....................................................... 11
3.05 Reuse of Documents ....... ..................... ............ ........ ..................... .................................. ...12
ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
REFERENCE POINTS....... .... I ............ ..... ............................ ................... 12
4.01 Availability of Lands ...................................................... ................... :................ ................. 12
4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions................................................................................ 12
4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions.................................................................... 13
4.04 Underground Facilities..................................................................................................... 13
4.05 Reference Points... ............. --- ..... ................. ................... ............................ . 14
4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site.................................................................... 14
ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE..................................................................................................
16
5.01
Licensed Sureties and Insurers.......................................................................................
16
5.02
Certificates of Insurance...................................................................................................
16
5.03
CONTRACTOR's Liability Insurance...............................................................................
16
5.04
OWNER's Liability Insurance.... .......................... -- ............ .... -1 ... - ... I- ........................
17
5.05
Property Insurance...........................................................................................................
17
5.06
Waiver of Rights...............................................................................................................
18
5.07
Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds..............................................................
19
5.08
Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace ................................................
19
5.09
Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer ..................................................
20
ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES............................................................................... 20
6.01 Supervision and Superintendence................................................................................... 20
6.02 Labor; Working Hours...................................................................................................... 20
6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment................................................................................. 20
6.04 Progress Schedule........................................................................................................... 21
6.05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals"............................................................................................. 21
6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others......................................................... 22
6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties..........---............................................................................... 23
GWRP EXPANSION - PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:1092901134-09290-10006�©ocsiSpecs�GWRPphase1121 a Conditions ofContract.dou GENERAL CONDITIONS - PAGE -I
6,08 Permits
6.09 Laws and Regulations......................................................
6.10 Taxes................................................................................
6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas ............................................
6.12 Record Documents...........................................................
6.13 Safety and Protection.......................................................
6.14 Safety Representative......................................................
6.15 Hazard Communication Programs ...................................
6.16 Emergencies.....................................................................
6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples ...........................................
6.18 Continuing the Work .........................................................
6.19 CONTRA CTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee.......
............................................... 24
................................................ 24
................................................ 24
................................................ 24
................................................ 25
................................................. 25
................................................ 26
................................................ 26
................................................ 26
................................................ 26
........... ................. I .... ............... 27
.........._ ................................. 27
ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK ..................
7.01 Related Work at Site........................................................................................................ 28
7.02 Coordination:..:.................................................................................................................29
ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES...........................................................................................
29
8.01
Communications to CONTRACTOR.. ........................ ......................................... ...........
29
8.02
Replacement of ENGINEER............................................................................................
29
8.03
Furnish Data_... ........... _ ... _ ..... ....... . ... I ....... ...... I ........ I ........................... ... . .........
29
8.04
Pay Promptly When Due ........ ___ ........... ..:......................................................................
29.
8.05
Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests.......................................................................29
30
8.06
Insurance .... .... .................................... ........... .............:........................ .............................
29
8.07
Change Orders.................................................................................................................
29
8.08
Inspections, Tests, and Approvals...................................................................................
29
8.09
Limitations on OWNER's Responsibilities ................................ :....... .............. .......... ........
29
8.10
Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition...........................................................
29
8.11
Evidence of Financial Arrangements...............................................................................
30
ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION...........................................................
30
9.01
OWNER'S Representative...............................................................................................
30
9.02
Visits to Site......................................................................................................................
30
9.03
Project Representative...................................................................................... I ....... .......
30
9.04
Clarifications and Interpretations.......................................................................................30
9.05
Authorized Variations in Work..........................................................................................
30
9.06
Rejecting Defective Work.................................................................................................
31
9.07
Shap Drawings, Change .Orders and Payments..............................................................
31
9.08
Determinations for Unit Price Work..................................................................................
31
9.09
Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents
and Acceptability of Work ..........................
9.10
Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and Responsibilities ......................................:.....
31
ARTICLE 10 -CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS, ....... ............................................ 32
10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work.......................................................................................32
10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work................................................................................. 32
10.03 Execution of Change Orders............................................................................................ 32
10.04 Notification to Surety........................................................................................................ 33
10.05 Claims and Disputes........................................................................................................ 33
10.06 Allowable Quantity Variations on Unit Price Contracts .................................................... 33
10.07 Increases of More Than 25 Percent on Unit Price Contracts ........................................... 33
10.08 Decreases of More Than 25 Percent on Unit Price Contracts.... .......... .......................... 34
10.09 Eliminated Items on Unit Price Contracts......................................................................... 34
GWRP EXPANSION - PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
PT\092945134-09290-100061CJocsRSpecs5GVVRPphase1121a Conditions of Contract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS - PAGE 2
ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK, CASH ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK ............................... 35
11.01 Cost of the Work................................................................................................................ 35
11.02 Cash Allowances.............................................................................................................. 37
11.03 Unit Price Work._ ....... ......... ............................... ................. __ ........................ 37
11.04 Cost of Work Based. on Time, Materials, and Equipment
and CONTRACTOR's Overhead and Profit..................................................................... 37
11.05 Special Services............................................................................................................... 39
11.06 CONTRACTOR'S Overhead and Profit........................................................................... 40
ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES__ ....................... 40
12.01 Change of Contract Price ......... ................................... .............. :....... ............... ___ ......... 40
12.02 Change of Contract Times............................................................................................... 41
ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL
OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK............................................................... 41
13.01 Notice of Defects............................................................................................................. 41
13.02 Access to Work_ 41
13.03 Tests and Inspections ..... .............................................. ......... .................
13.04 Uncovering Work ..................... ............................................ ........................ ......... ........ :... 42
13.05 OWNER May Stop the Work ... ...:............................... ............................................. ......... 42
13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work........................................................................ 42
13.07 Correction Period............................................................................................................. 43
13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work..,,,, ... ..................................... ............ ......... .......
13.09 OWNER May Correct Defective Work .....................................................
ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION...................................................... 44
14.01 Payment Schedule ...... ....... ......... ................... ....... ..... ..._...... ............................... ........... 44
14.02 Progress Payments... ............. __ ............ ................ 1-111-11.1-- ............................. 44
14.03 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title ..................... .. 46
14.04 Substantial Completion.................:.........................................................................:.........46
14,05 Partial Utilization............................................................................................................... 47
14.06 Final Inspection..................................................... .... 47
14.07 Final Payment ................ .............. :......... ............. ..................... ......... ......... ..... ................. 48
14.08 Final Completion Delayed................................................................................................ 49
14,09 Waiver of Claims.............................................................................................................. 49
ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION..................................:..............................49
15.01 OWNER May Suspend Work............................................................................................49
ARTICLE 16 - MISCELLANEOUS..... .............................. _._ .......................... ........... ....... ................ 49
.
16.01 Giving Notice.................................................................................................................... 49
16.02 Computation of Times...................................................................................................... 49
16.03 Cumulative Remedies...................................................................................................... 49
16.04 Survival of Obligations...................................................................................................... 50
16.05 Controlling Law..................................................................................................................50
ARTICLE 17 -CALIFORNIA LEGAL REQUIREMENTS......... .................................................................. 50
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:1Q9290\134-09290-100061DocstspecstiGWRPphase10 a Cond'€€tions of Coltraot.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 3
17.01 State Wage Rate Determinations..............................................................................
17.02 Workers Compensation—, . ............................................................ ......................
17.03 Apprentices on Public Works.....................................................................................
17.04 Working Hours............................................................................................................
17.05 Contractor Not Responsible for Damage Resulting
from Certain Acts of God......................................................................
17.05 Notice of Completion.................:..........................................................
17.07 Unpaid Claims......................................................................................
17.08 Concrete Forms, Falsework, and Shoring ............................................
17.09 Retainage from Monthly Payments......................................................
17.10 Public Works Contracts, Assignment to Awarding Body ......................
17.11 Payroll Records; Retention; Inspection; Noxi -compliance
Penalties; Rules and Regulations...................................................
17.12 Cultural Resources..........................................................................
17.13 Protection of Workers in Trench Excavations .................................
17.14 Travel and Subsistence Pay ................. ............ ...............
................
17.15 Removal; Relocation; or Protection of Existing Utilities ..................
17.15 Contracts for Digging Trenches or Excavations; Notice of
Discovery of Hazardous Waste or Other Unusual Conditions;
Investigations; Change Orders; Effect on Contract ........................
50
..... 5a
... 50
.... 50
............................. 52
.............. ............53
........ ................... 53
. 54
............................. 54
.............................. 54
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P!.092901134-09290-100661pocslSpecs\GWRPphaseli21aConditionsofContract.dou GENERA. CONDITIONS — PAGE 4
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY
1.01 Defined Terms
A. Wherever used in the Contract Documents and printed with initial or all capital letters; the terms
listed below will have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof.
1. Addenda --Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct,
or change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract Documents.
2. Agreement or Construction Contract —The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement
between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work.
3. Application for Payment --The form acceptable to ENGINEER which is to be used by
CONTRACTOR during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to
be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents.
4. Asbestos --Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing
asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational
Safety and Health Administration.
5. Beneficial Use or Occupancy— Placing all or any portion of the Work in service for the purpose for
which it is intended (or a related purpose) before reaching completion of all of the Work.
6. Bid --The offer or proposal of a bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for
the Work to be performed..
7. Bidding Documents --The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (including
all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids).
8. Bidding Requirements --The Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bid security form, if any,
and the Bid form with any supplements.
9. Bonds --Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security.
10. City of San Juan Capistrano— A legal entity organized and existing in the County of Orange, State
of California, and which is sometimes referred to in the Contract Documents as the City or the
OWNER.
11. Change Order --A document recommended by ENGINEER which is signed by CONTRACTOR and
OWNER and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract
Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement.
12. City — The City San Juan Capistrano, a general law city organized and existing in the County of
Orange, State of California, sometimes referred to as the City.
13. Completion — Completion of the Work shall be the date of acceptance of the Work by the
OWNER as provided under California Civil Code Section 3086,
14. Consultant — The engineer architect -engineer firm and their designated representatives acting
under contract to the OWNER, acting on behalf of the, OWNER as their authorized representative
within the scope of authority defined in their contract with the OWNER.
15. Contract --The entire and integrated written agreement between the OWNER and CONTRACTOR
concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements,
whether written or oral.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P1092901934-09290-100061DocslSpecsiGWRPphase9121 a Conditions ofConfract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS -•-PAGE 5
16. Contract Documents—Unless otherwise defined in the Agreement or Supplementary Conditions,
the Contract Documents establish the rights and obligations of the parties and include the prevailing
rates of wages as determined by the Director of the California Department of Industrial Relations,
Proposal Schedule, List of Subcontractors, Non -collusion Affidavit, Contractor's General Information
statement, the Agreement or Construction Contract, Worker's Compensation Certificate, Performance
Bond, Payment Bond, Insurance Certificates, Notice to Proceed, Notice of Completion, General
Conditions of the Construction Contract, Supplementary General Conditions, Technical Specifications,
and Drawings and all Addenda issued prior to the. Effective Date of the Agreement, together with all
written amendments, Change Orders and Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and ENGINEER's
written interpretations and clarifications issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement.
Approved Shop Drawings and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not
Contract Documents. Only printed or hard copies of the items listed in this paragraph are Contract
Documents. Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, and the like that may be furnished
by OWNER to CONTRACTOR are not Contract Documents.
17. Contract Price --The moneys payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of
paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work).
18. Contract Unit Price(s) — The price or prices quoted by the CONTRACTOR for performing and
furnishing each item of the Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices.
19. Contract Times --The number of days or the dates stated in the Contract Documents to: (i) achieve
Substantial Completion; and (ii) complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced
by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment.
20. CONTRACTOR --The individual or entity with whore OWNER has entered into the Agreement.
21. Cost of the Work --See paragraph 11.01.A for definition.
22. City The City of San Juan Capistrano. Sometimes referred to as the City or the Owner. .
23. City Engineer—The City Engineer of the City of San Juan Capistrano, or his or her designated
representative and who is referred to in the Contract Documents as the ENGINEER. "City Engineer"
and/or "ENGINEER" shall not for the purposes of this Agreement be deemed to be or interpreted to be
the CONTRACTOR and/or its agents, employees or subcontractors.
24. Drawings --That part of the Contract Documents prepared for CITY which graphically shows the
scope, extent„ and character of the Work to be performed by CONTRACTOR. Shop Drawings and
other CONTRACTOR submittals are not.Drawings as so defined. .
25. Effective Date of the Agreement --The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effec-
tive, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered
by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver.
26. ENGINEER -The City Engineer of the City of San Juan Capistrano, or his or her designated
representative.
27. ENGINEER's Consultant --An individual or entity having a contract with ENGINEER to furnish
services as ENGINEER's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project
and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions,
28. Field Order --A written order issued by ENGINEER which requires minor changes in the Work but
which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times.
29. General Requirements --Sections of Division 1 of the Technical Specifications. The General
Requirements pertain to all sections of the Specifications.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDMONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:1092901134-09290.90006 f)ocs5Specs\GVVRPphase1t21a Conditions of Contract.docX GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 6
30. Hazardous Environmental Condition --The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum,
Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material in such quantities or circumstances that may present a
substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work.
31. Hazardous Waste --The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004
of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USG Section 6903) as amended from time to time.
32. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations --Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations,
ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts
having jurisdiction.
33. Liens or Stop Notices -- Charges or encumbrances upon Project funds pursuant to California Civil
Code Section 3179 et seq..
34. Milestone --A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate com-
pletion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work.
35. Notice of Award ---NOT APPLICABLE.
36. Notice to Proceed --A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR fixing the date on which
the Contract Times will commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work
under the Contract Documents.
37. OWNER --The individual; entity, public body, or authority with whom CONTRACTOR has entered
into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed.
38. Partial Utilization --Use by OWNER of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose
for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work.
39. PCBs --Polychlorinated biphenyls.
40. Petroleum --Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard condi-
tions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute),
such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other
non -Hazardous Waste and crude oils.
41. Project --The total construction of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents
may be the whole, or a part as may be indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
42. Radioactive Material --Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic
Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time.
43. Resident Project Representative (RPR) or Project Representative --The authorized representative
of ENGINEER who may be assigned to the Site or any part thereof. Said Project Representative shall
be the only person through whom all liaison between the Contractor and the Owner shall be directed.
44. Samples --Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of
some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be
judged.
45. Shop Drawings --All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information
which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for CONTRACTOR and submitted by
CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work.
46. Site --Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by OWNER upon
which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and
such other lands furnished. by OWNER which are designated for the use of CONTRACTOR.
GWRP EXPANSION -- PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:1o9290\134-09290-900061Docs5Specs\GWRPohasei421a Conditions of Contract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 7
47. Specifications --That part of the Contract Documents consisting of Part I Agreement, Bonds, and
certificates, Part It General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, and Part III Technical
Specifications consisting of written technical descriptions of systems, standards, and workmanship as
applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto.
48. Subcontractor --An individual or entity having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any
other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site.
49. Substantial Completion --The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to
the point where, in the opinion of ENGINEER, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently
complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof)
can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms "substantially complete" and
"substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof.
50. Supplementary General Conditions --That part of the Contract Documents which amends or
supplements these General Conditions of the Construction Contract..
51. Supplier --A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct
contract with CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be
incorporated in the Work by CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor.
52: Underground Facilities --All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes,
vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such
facilities, including those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or
other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or
traffic or other control systems.
53. Unit Price Work --Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices
54. Work --The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof re-
quired to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or
providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction, and
furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as
required by the Contract Documents.
55. Work Change Directive --A written statement to CONTRACTOR issued on or after the Effective
Date of the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended by ENGINEER ordering an
addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen subsurface or
physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or to emergencies. A Work Change
Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times but is evidence that the parties
expect that the change ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be. incorporated in a
subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the
Contract Price or Contract Times.
56. Written Amendment --A written statement modifying the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER
and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally dealing with the
non -engineering or nontechnical rather than strictly construction -related aspects of the Contract Docu-
ments.
1.02 Terminology
A. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives
1. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms "as allowed," "as approved," or terms of like
effect or import are used, or the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper,"
"satisfactory," or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of
ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intended that such action or determination will be solely to evaluate, in
general, the completed Work for compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract
Documents and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
PA0929M1 34-09290-10006tDocsSSpecs\GVVRPphase1 321 a Conditions ofContract.dou GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 8
as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating
otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective shall not be effective to assign to ENGINEER any
duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to
undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.10 or any other provision of the
Contract Documents.
B. Day
I. The word "day" shall constitute a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next
midnight.
C. Defective
1. The word "defective," when modifying the word "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory,
faulty, or deficient in that it does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the require-
ments of any inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents,
or has been damaged prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility
for the protection thereof has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with
paragraph 14.04 or 14.05).
D. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide
1. The word "furnish,,' when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall
mean to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other specified
location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition.
2. The word "instal[," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean
to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for
intended use.
3. The words "perform" or "provide,,, when used in connection with services, materials, or
equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready
for intended use.
4. When "furnish," "install," "perform," or "provide" is not used in connection with services,
materials, or equipment in a context clearly requiring an obligation of CONTRACTOR, "provide" is
implied.
E. Unless staffed otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases which have a well-known
technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance
with such recognized meaning.
ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.01 Delivery of Bonds
A. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also
deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish.
2.02 Copies of Documents
A. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten copies of the Contract Documents. Additional
copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction.
2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed
A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agree-
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:109290\134-09290,10006400csrSpecsIGWRPphaselt21aConditions ofContract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS— PAGE 9
ment or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Pro-
ceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. In no event will
the Contract Times commence to run later than the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement
2.04 Starting the Work
A. CONTRACTOR shalt start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence
to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to
run.
2.05 Before Starting Construction
A. CONTRACTOR's Review of Contract Documents: Before undertaking each part of the Work,
CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify perti-
nent figures therein and all applicable field measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in
writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover
and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from ENGINEER before proceeding with any Work
affected thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to .OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to
report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR
knew or reasonably should have known thereof.
B. Preliminary Schedules: Within ten days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless
otherwise specified in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for its
timely review:
1, a preliminary progress schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting
and. completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract
Documents;
2. a .preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submittals which will list each required
submittal and the times for submitting, reviewing, and processing such submittal; and
3. a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of
items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdivides the Work into component
parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work.
Such prices will Include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work.
C. Evidence of insurance: Before any Work at the Site is started, CONTRACTOR and OWNER shall
each deliver to the other, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary
Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance which either of them or any
additional insured may reasonably request) which CONTRACTOR and OWNER respectively are required
to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5.
2.0E Preconstruction Conference
A. Within 20 days after the Contract Times start to run, but before any Work at the Site is started, a
conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, and others as appropriate will be held to establish
a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in
paragraph 2.05.B, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications
for Payment, and maintaining required records.
2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules
A, Unless otherwise provided in the. Contract Documents, at least ten days before submission of the
first Application for Payment a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, and others as
appropriate will be held to review for acceptability to ENGINEER as provided below the schedules submit-
ted in accordance with paragraph 2.05.B. CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten days to make
corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be
made to CONTRACTOR until acceptable schedules are submitted to ENGINEER.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:109290i 134-09290-10006tDocsSSpecrlGWRPphasel %21 a Conditions of Conlracl.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS —PAGE 10
1. The progress schedule will be acceptable to ENGINEER if it provides an orderly progression of
the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and the Contract Times. Such acceptance will
not impose on ENGINEER responsibility for the progress schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or
progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR's full responsi-
bility therefor.
2. CONTRACTOR's schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submittals will be acceptable to
ENGINEER if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required
submittals.
3. CONTRACTOR's schedule of values will be acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and
substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to component parts of the Work.
ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE
3.01 Intent
A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called
for by all.
B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part there-
of) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services,
materials, or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing
custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be provided whether or not
specifically called for at no additional cost to OWNER.
C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as
provided in Article 9,
D. The work to be performed under this Contract shall consist of furnishing all plant, tools,
equipment, materials, and manufactured articles and for furnishing all transportation services, and all fuel,
power, water, and essential communications, and for the performance of all labor, work, or other
operations required for the fulfillment of the Contract in strict accordance with the Specifications,
Drawings„ Schedules, and other Contract Documents as defined in the Contract, all of which are made a
part hereof and including such detail sketches as may be furnished by the Engineer from time to time
during construction in explanation of said Drawings or other Contract Documents.
E The Work shall be complete and operable, and all work, materials, and services not expressly
called for or shown in the Contract Documents which may be necessary for the complete and proper
construction of the Work in good faith shall be performed, furnished, and installed by the Contractor as
though originally so specified or shown, at no additional cost to the Owner.
3.02 Reference Standards
A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations
1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organiza-
tion, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication,
shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of
opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be
otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents.
2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual or code, or any instruction of a
Supplier shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, or
ENGINEER, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees from those set forth in
the Contract Documents, nor shall any such provision or instruction be effective to assign to OWNER,
ENGINEER, or any of ENGINEER's Consultants, agents, or employees any duty or authority to
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:%092 9011 34-0 9290-300061DocsSSpecaNGWRPphasell21aCondtions ofConiract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS -- MAGE I I
supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility
inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents.
3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies
A. Reporting Discrepancies
1. If, during the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambigu-
ity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provi-
sion of any Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any standard, specifica-
tion, manual or code, or of any instruction of any Supplier, CONTRACTOR shall report it to
ENGINEER in writing at once. CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby
(except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16.A) until an amendment or supplement to the
Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.04; provided,
however, that CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any
such conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have
known thereof.
B. Resolving Discrepancies
1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of
the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepan-
cy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and:
a. the provisions of any standard, specification, manual, code, or instruction (whether or not
specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or
b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Worm
(unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation
of such Law or Regulation),
3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents
A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the
Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: (i) a Written
Amendment; (fl) a Change Order; or (iii) a Work Change Directive,
B, The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and
deviations in the Work may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways: (i) a Field Order; (ii)
ENGINEER's approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; or (iii) ENGINEER's written interpretation or clarifi-
cation.
3.05 Reuse of Documents
A. CONTRACTOR and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other individual or entity performing or
furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER: (1) shall not have or acquire
any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings Specifications, or other documents (or copies of
any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultant, including
electronic media editions; and (ii) shall not reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other documents,
or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of OWNER and
ENGINEER and specific written verification or adaption by ENGINEER. This prohibition will survive final
payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work, or termination or completion of the Contract. Nothing
herein shall preclude CONTRACTOR from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record
purposes
ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
REFERENCE POINTS
4.01 Availability of Lands
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:S09230%134-08290-100081DocslSpecs�GWRPphasel121a Conditions of Contract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 12
A. OWNER shall furnish the Site. OWNER shall notify CONTRACTOR of any encumbrances or
restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which CONTRACTOR
must comply in performing the Work. OWNER will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for
permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are
unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract
Price or Contract Times, or bath, as a result of any delay in OWNER's furnishing the Site, CONTRACTOR
may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05.
B. Upon reasonable written request, OWNER shall furnish CONTRACTOR with a current statement
of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed and
OWNER's interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's or construction lien
against such lands in accordance with applicable laws and Regulations.
C. CONTRACTOR shall. provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for
temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment.
4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions
A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify:
1. those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site
that ENGINEER has used in preparing the Contract Documents; and
2. those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface struc-
tures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground f=acilities) that ENGINEER has used in
preparing the Contract Documents.
B. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR on Technical Data Authorized: CONTRACTOR may rely
upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such
reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the
Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," CONTRACTOR may not
rely upon or make any Claim against OWNER, ENGINEER, or any of ENGINEER's Consultants with
respect to:
1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including, but
not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of
construction. to be employed by CONTRACTOR, and safety precautions and programs incident
thereto; or
2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or
indicated in such drawings; or
3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any
such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information.
4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions
A. Notice: If CONTRACTOR believes that any subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to
the Site that is uncovered or revealed either:
1. is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which CONTRACTOR is entitled
to rely as provided in paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or
2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or
3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or
4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:%092901134-09290-100061IIacslSpecslGWRPphase1121 a conditions o€Gontract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 13
generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents;
then CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the
subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an
emergency as required by paragraph 6.16.A), notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing about such
condition. CONTRACTOR shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection
therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so.
B. ENGINEER's Review: After receipt of written notice as required by paragraph 4.03.A, ENGINEER
will promptly review the pertinent condition, determine the necessity of OWNER's obtaining additional
exploration or tests with respect thereto, and advise OWNER in writing (with a copy to CONTRACTOR) of
ENGINEER's findings and conclusions.
C. Possible Price and Times Adjustments
1. The Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, will be equitably adjusted to the extent that
the existence of such differing subsurface or physical condition causes an increase or decrease in
CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the
following:
a. such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in paragraph
4.03.A; and
b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price
will be subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.08 and 11.03.
if:
2. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times
a. CONTRACTOR knew of the existence of such conditions at the time CONTRACTOR
made a final commitment to OWNER in respect of Contract Price and Contract Times by
becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or
b. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a
result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test; or study of the Site and contiguous areas
required by the Contract Documents to be conducted by or for CONTRACTOR prior to
CONTRACTOR's making such final commitment; or
C. CONTRACTOR failed to give the written notice within the time and as required by para-
graph 4.03.A.
3. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or
extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, a Claim may be
made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. However, OWNER, ENGINEER, and ENGINEER's
Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including
but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and
all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in
connection with any other project or anticipated project.
4.04 Underground Facilities
A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with
respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data
furnished to OWNER or ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including OWNER, or
by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions:
1. OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any
such information or data; and
2, the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and CONTRACTOR shall
GWRP EXPANSION - PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:109290N134-09290-100061DocslSpecsIGWRPphaso1121a Conditions of Confraci.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS - PAGE 14
have full responsibility for:
a. reviewing and checking all such information and data,
b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents,
c. coordination of the Work with the OWNERS of such Underground Facilities, including
OWNER, during construction, and
d. the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage
thereto resulting from the Work.
B. Not Showa or Indicated
1. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not
shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents,
CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions
affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required
by paragraph 6.16,A), identify the OWNER of such Underground Facility and give written. notice to that
OWNER and to OWNER and ENGINEER. ENGINEER will promptly review the Underground Facility
and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect
and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility. During such
time, CONTRACTOR shall. be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility,
2., If ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is,required, a Work Change
Directive or a Change Order will be issued to reflect and document such consequences. An equitable
adjustment shall be mads in the Contract Price of Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are
attributable to the existence or location of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated or
not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents and that CONTRACTOR
did not know of and -could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If
OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any,
of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a
Claim therefore as provided in paragraph 10.05.
4.05 Reference Points
A. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in
ENGINEER's judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work.
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established
reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior
written approval of OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference point or
property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or
locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or
property monuments by professionally qualified personnel.
4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at. Site
A. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for the identification
of those reports and drawings relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition identified at the Site, if
any, that have been utilized in the preparation of the Contract Documents.
B. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR on Technical Data Authorized: CONTRACTOR may rely
upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such
reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the
Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," CONTRACTOR may not
rely upon or make any Claim against OWNER, ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER's Consultants with
respect to:
1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including, but
not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:1092901134-09290-10006%DocslSpecs�GWRPphasel%21a Conditions of Contract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS -- PAGE 15
construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs incident thereto;
or
2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or
indicated in such drawings; or
3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any
such other data, interpretations, opinions or information.
C. CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or
revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the
Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for a
Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by CONTRACTOR,
Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible.
D. If CONTRACTOR encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if CONTRACTOR or
anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition,
CONTRACTOR shall immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in
connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by
paragraph 6.16); and (iii) notify OWNER and ENGINEER (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in
writing). OWNER shall promptly consult with ENGINEER concerning the necessity for OWNER to retain
a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any.
E. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such condition or in any
affected area until after OWNER has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to
CONTRACTOR written notice: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has. been
rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work
may be resumed safely. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the
amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of
such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by
CONTRACTOR, either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05.
F. If after receipt of such written notice CONTRACTOR does not agree to resume such Work based
on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions,
then OWNER may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be
deleted from the Work. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the
amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such
portion of the Work, then either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph. 10.05.
OWNER may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by OWNER's own forces or others in
accordance with Article i.
G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, OWNER shall indemnify and hold
harmless CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER; ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers,
directors, partners, employees, agents, other consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them
from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges
of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute
resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such
Hazardous Environmental Condition: (i) was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or
identified in the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the Work, and (ii) was not created
by CONTRACTOR or by anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. Nothing in this paragraph
4.06.E shall obligate OWNER to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of
that individual's or entity's own negligence.
H. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold
harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners,
employees, agents, other consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all
claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of ENGINEERS,
architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs)
arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by CONTRACTOR or by
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL_ CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:109290t134-09290-100061Docslspecs1GWRPphase1121a ConOions of Contracd.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 16
anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. Nothing in this paragraph 4.06.1= shall obligate
CONTRACTOR to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that
individual's or entity's own negligence.
1. The provisions of paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 are not intended to apply to a Hazardous
Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site.
ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE
5.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers
A. All Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by
OWNER or CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed
or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue Bonds or insurance policies for the
limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional
requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions.
5.02 Certificates of Insurance
A. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with copies to each additional insured identified in the
Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by
OWNER or any.other additional. insured) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain.
OWNER shall deliver to CONTRACTOR, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supple-
mentary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by
CONTRACTOR or any other additional insured) which OWNER is required to purchase and maintain.
5.03 CONTRACTOR's Liability Insurance
A. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate
for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise
out of or result from CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work and CONTRACTOR's other obligations
under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or
Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by
anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable:
1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and. other similar employee benefit
acts;
2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of
CONTRACTOR's employees;
3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other
than CONTRACTOR's employees;
4. claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which
are sustained: (i) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employ-
ment of such person by CONTRACTOR, or (ii) by any other person for any other reason;
5. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible
property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and
6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising
out of the OWNERSHIP, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle.
B. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph 5.03 to be purchased and maintained
shall
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:1092=30\t84-09290-10006\DocslSpecsSGWRPphasel121a Conditions of Contract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 17
1. with respect to insurance required by paragraphs 5.03.A.3 through 5.03.A.6 inclusive, include
as additional insureds (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability) OWNER
and ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and any other individuals or entities identified in the
Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and include coverage for
the respective officers, directors, employees, of each,and any of all such additional insureds, and the
insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered
thereby;
2.. include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability
provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater;
3. include completed operations insurance;
4. include contractual liability insurance covering CONTRACTOR's indemnity obligations under
paragraphs 6.07and 6.11 ;
5. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially
changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to OWNER
and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to
whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the
CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraph 5.02 will so provide);
6. remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR
may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in accordance with paragraph 13.07; and
7. with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a
claims -made basis, remain in effect for at least two years after final payment (and CONTRACTOR
shall furnish OWNER and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, to
whom a certificate of insurance has been issued, evidence satisfactory to OWNER and any such
additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter).
5.04 OWNER's Liability Insurance
A. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by CONTRACTOR under paragraph 5.04,
OWNER, at OWNER's option, may purchase and maintain at OWNER's expense OWNER's own liability
insurance as will protect OWNER against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract
Documents.
5.05 Property Insurance
A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall purchase and maintain
property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to
such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and
Regulations). This insurance shall:
1. include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's
Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the
officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and
any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an additional
insured;
2. be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that
shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, false
work, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or
causes of loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake,
collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water dam-
age, and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary
Conditions;
GWRP EXPANSION — PRASE 1 GENERAL. CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:1092901134-69290-10OOE\DocaiSpecslGWRPphase1V21a Conditions of Contract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 18
3. include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but
not limited to fees and charges of ENGINEERS and architects);
4. cover materials and equipment stored at the Site or at another location that was agreed to in
writing by OWNER prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equip-
ment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by ENGINEER;
5, allow for partial utilization of the Work by OWNER;
6. include testing and startup; and
7. be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by
OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER with 30 days written notice to each other additional insured
to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued.
B. OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property
insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will
include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER,s Consul-
tants, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, each of whom is
deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured.
C. All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be pur-
chased and maintained in accordance with paragraph 5.05 will contain a provision or endorsement that
the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days
prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured
to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with
paragraph 5.07.
D. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance specified
in this paragraph 5.06 to protect the interests of'CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, or others in the Work to
the extent of any deductible amounts that are identified in the Supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss
within such identified deductible amount will be borne by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, or others
suffering any such loss, and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such
amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser's own expense.
E. If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property
insurance policies provided under paragraph 5.05, OWNER shall, if possible, include such insurance, and
the cost thereof will be charged to CONTRACTOR by appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment.
Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site, OWNER shall in writing advise CONTRACTOR whether
or not such other insurance has been procured by OWNER.
5.06 Waiver of Rights
A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR intend that all policies purchased in accordance with paragraph 5.05
will protect OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and all
other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or
additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and
subcontractors of each and any of them) in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses
and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered thereby. All such policies shall contain
provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights
of recovery against any of the insureds or additional insureds thereunder. OWNER and CONTRACTOR
waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents,
and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of there for all losses and damages caused by,
arising out of or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other
property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Subcontractors,
ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplemen-
tary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners,
employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) under such
policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:109296ki34-09290-10006\4ocs�specs�,cv RPphasel�21a conditions of contract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 19
party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by OWNER as trustee or otherwise
payable under any policy so issued.
B. OWNER waives all rights against CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors; ENGINEER, ENGINEER's
Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and
subcontractors of each and any of them for:
1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending beyond
direct physical loss or damage to OWNER's property or the Work caused by, arising out of, or resulting
from fire or other peril whether or not insured by OWNER; and
2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting
from fire or other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any property insurance maintained on the
completed Project or part thereof by OWNER during partial utilization pursuant to paragraph 14.05,
after Substantial Completion pursuant to paragraph 14.04, or after final payment pursuant to
paragraph 14.07.
C. Any insurance policy maintained by OWNER covering any loss, damage or consequential loss
referred to in paragraph 5.06.13 shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any
such loss, damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no rights of recovery against
CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, or ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors,
partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them.
5.07 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds
A. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by paragraph 5.05 will be adjusted with
OWNER and made payable to OWNER as fiduciary for. the insureds, as their interests may appear,
subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.07.8. OWNER shall
deposit in a separate account any money so received and shall distribute it in accordance with such
agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged
Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof, and the Work
and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment.
B. OWNER as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of
the parties in interest shall object in writing within 15 days after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's
exercise of this power. If such objection be made, OWNER as fiduciary shall make settlement with the
insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement
among the parties in interest is reached, OWNER as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the
insurers and, if required in writing by any party in interest, OWNER as fiduciary shall give bond for the
proper performance of such duties.
5.08 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace
A. If either OWNER or CONTRACTOR has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provi-
sions of the Bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the other party in accor-
dance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the objecting party
shall so notify the other party in writing within 10 days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence
requested) required by paragraph 2.05.C. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall each provide to the other
such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the other may reasonably request. If
either party does not purchase or maintain all of the Bonds and insurance required of such party by the
Contract Documents, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to
the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any.change in the required coverage. Without
prejudice to any other right or remedy, the other party may elect to obtain equivalent Bonds or insurance
to protect such other party's interests at the expense of the party who was required to provide such
coverage, and a Change Order shall be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly.
5.09 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer
A. If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:1092901134-09290-30006\Docs',SpecsIGWRPphasel121a Conditions ofContract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 20
Completion of all the Work as provided in paragraph 1:4.05, no such use or occupancy shall commence
before the insurers providing the property insurance pursuant to paragraph 5.06 have acknowledged
notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers
providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property
insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy.
ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
6.01 Supervision and Superintendence
A. CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting
such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in
accordance with the. Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means,
methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible
to see that the completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
B. At all times during the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall assign a competent resident
superintendent thereto who shall not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER
except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be CONTRACTOR's representative
at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR. All communications given to or
received from the superintendent shall be binding on CONTRACTOR.
C. The CONTRACTOR's authorized representative shall be present at.the site of the Work at all
times while the Work is in progress: Failure to observe this requirement shall be considered as a
suspension of the Work by the CONTRACTOR.
6.02 Labor; Working Hours
. A. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, Jay out, and
construct the Work as required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain
good discipline and order at the Site.
B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the
Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site
shall be performed during regular working hours, and CONTRACTOR will not permit overtime work or the
performance of Work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without OWNER's written consent (which
will not be unreasonably withheld) given after prior written notice to ENGINEER.
.6.03 Services; Materials, and Equipment
A. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, CONTRACTOR shall provide and
assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction
equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities,
temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up,
and completion of the Work.
B.. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified,
shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All warranties
and guarantees specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of OWNER.
If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of
required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and
equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and
conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be
provided in the Contract Documents.
6.04 Progress Schedule
A. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress schedule established in accordance with paragraph
GWRP EXPANSION - PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:109290.134-09290-10006\Docs\SpecslGWRPphasel\218 Cond[lions of Contmadou GENERAL CONDITIONS - PAGE 21
2.07 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below.
1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for acceptance (to the extent indicated in
paragraph 2.07) proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will not result in changing the
Contract Times (or Milestones). Such adjustments will conform generally to the progress schedule
then in effect and additionally will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable
thereto.
2. Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will.change the Contract Times (or
Milestones) shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Such adjustments
may only be made by a Change Order or Written Amendment in accordance with Article 12.
6.05 Substitutes and "Or -Equals"
A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by
using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description
is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or
description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or "or -equal" item or no
substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers
may be submitted to ENGINEER for review under the circumstances described below.
1. "Or -Equal" Items: If in ENGINEER's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed
by CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in
related Work will be required, it may be considered by ENGINEER as an "or -equal" item, in which case
review and approval of the proposed item may, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, be accomplished
without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. For
the purposes of this paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered
functionally equal to an item so named if:
a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment ENGINEER determines that: (i) it is at least equal
in quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; (fl) it will reliably perform at
least equally well the function imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a
functioning whole, and,
b. CONTRACTOR certifies that: (i) there is no increase in cost to the OWNER; and (ii) it will
conform substantially, even with deviations, to the detailed requirements of the item named in the
Contract. Documents.
2. Substitute Items
a. If in ENGINEER's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by
CONTRACTOR does not qualify as an "or -equal" item under paragraph 6.05.A.1, it will be
considered a proposed substitute item.
b. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow ENGINEER
to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that
named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of
material or equipment will not be accepted by ENGINEER' from anyone other than
CONTRACTOR.
c. The procedure for review by ENGINEER will be as set forth in paragraph 6.05.A.2.d, as
supplemented in the General Requirements and as ENGINEER may decide is appropriate under
the circumstances.
d. CONTRACTOR shall first make written application to ENGINEER for review of a proposed
substitute item of material or equipment that CONTRACTOR seeks to furnish or use. The
application shall certify that the proposed substitute item will perform adequately the functions and
achieve the results called for by the general design, be similar in substance to that specified, and
be suited to the same use as that specified. The application will state the extent, if any, to which
the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice CONTRACTOR's achievement of Substantial
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
PT%09290%134-09290,10006tiDocslSpecs\GVVRPphasel121a Concitions of Contracl.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS -- MAGE 22
Completion on time, whether or not use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a
change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with
OWNER for work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item and whether
or not incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject
to payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute item from that
specified will be identified in the. application, and available ENGINEERING, sales, maintenance,
repair, and replacement services will be indicated. The application will also contain an itemized
estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item,
including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change, all of
which will be considered by ENGINEER in evaluating the proposed substitute item. ENGINEER
may require CONTRACTOR to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute item.
B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, se-
quence, or procedure of construction is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract
Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or
procedure of construction approved by ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to
allow. ENGINEER, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent
to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The procedure for review by ENGINEER will be
similar to that provided in subparagraph 6.05.A.2.
C. ENGINEER's Evaluation: ENGINEER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate
each proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraphs 6.05.A and 6.05.13. ENGINEER will be the sole
judge of acceptability. No "or -equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until ENGINEER's
review is complete, which will be evidenced by either a Change Order for a substitute or an approved
Shop Drawing for an "or equal." ENGINEER ,will advise CONTRACTOR in writing of any negative
determination.
D. Special Guarantee: OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR's expense
a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute.
E. ENGINEER's Cost Reimbursement: ENGINEER will record time required by ENGINEER and
ENGINEER's Consultants in evaluating substitute proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR pursuant to
paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6,05.13 and in making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions
of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) occasioned thereby. Whether or not
ENGINEER approves a substitute item so proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR
shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants for evaluating
each such proposed substitute.
F. CONTRACTOR's Expense: CONTRACTOR shall provide all data in support of any proposed
substitute or "or -equal" at CONTRACTOR's expense.
6.46 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others
A. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity (includ-
ing those acceptable to OWNER as indicated in paragraph 6.06.8), whether initially or as a replacement,
against whom OWNER may have reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ
any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against
whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection.
B. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other
individuals or entities to be submitted to OWNER in advance for acceptance by OWNER by a specified
date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, and if CONTRACTOR has submitted a list thereof in
accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to
make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the Bidding
Documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity
so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation,
CONTRACTOR shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other
individual or entity, and the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in the cost occasioned by
such replacement, and an appropriate Change Order will be issued or Written Amendment signed. No
GWRP EXPANSION - PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:109290t134-09296-140065Docs15pecs\GWRPphase1121a Conditions&Cantraetdocx GENERAL CONDITIONS - PAGE 23
acceptance by OWNER of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially
or as a replacement, shall constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject defective
Work.
C. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions of
the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work
just as CONTRACTOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the
Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or
entity any contractual relationship between OWNER or ENGINEER and any such Subcontractor, Supplier
or other individual or entity, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGINEER to pay
or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or
entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations.
D. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible .for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under
a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR.
E. CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities
performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with ENGINEER through CONTRACTOR.
F. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not
control CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work
to be performed by any specific trade.
G. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an
appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically
binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for
the benefit of OWNER and ENGINEER. Whenever any such agreement is with a Subcontractor or
Supplier who is listed as an additional insured on the property insurance provided in paragraph 5.05, the
agreement between the CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier will contain provisions
whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against OWNER, CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER,
ENGINEER's Consultants, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions
to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents,
and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) for all losses and damages caused
by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies
and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. If the insurers on any such policies require
separate waiver forms to be signed by any Subcontractor or Supplier, CONTRACTOR will obtain the
same.
6.07 Patent Pees and Royalties
A. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in
the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product,
or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention,
design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of
the Work and if to the actual knowledge of OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or
copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall
be disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regula-
tions, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's
Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees or agents, and other consultants of each and
any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees
and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or
other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights
incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any
invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents.
6.08 Permits
A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay
GWRP EXPANSION -- PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:1092901134-09290-10006\Docs�SpecslGWRPphasel\21a Conditions of Contract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — RAGE 24
for all construction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist CONTRACTOR, when necessary, in
obtaining such permits and licenses: CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges and inspection
fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if
there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility
OWNERS for connections to the Work, and OWNER shall pay all charges of such utility OWNERS for
capital costs related thereto, such as plant investment fees.
6.09 Laws and Regulations
A. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the
performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and
Regulations, neither OWNER nor ENGINEER shall be responsible for monitoring CONTRACTOR's
compliance with any Laws or Regulations.
B. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work }snowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws
or Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not
limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or
arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work.
C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective
Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids) having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the
Work may be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times. If OWNER and
CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such
adjustment, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05.
6.10 Taxes
A. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use,.and other similar taxes required to be paid by
CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are
applicable during the performance of the Work.
6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas
A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas
1. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment,
and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and
shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or other.
materials or equipment. CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such
land or area, or to the OWNER or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the
performance of the Work.
2. Should any claim be made by any such OWNER or occupant because of the performance of
the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise
resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law.
3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and
hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultant, and the officers, directors, partners,
employees, agents, and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs,
losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects,
attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising
out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such OWNER or occupant
against OWNER, ENGINEER, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or
based upon CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work.
B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work
CONTRACTOR shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish,
and other debris. Removal and.disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform
to applicable Laws and Regulations.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:t09290�134-09290-10006\Dces�specs�GWRPphasel%21aConditions ofGontuladocx GENERAL CONDITIONS —PAGE 25
C. Gleaming: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall clean the Site and
make it ready for utilization by OWNER. At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall remove
from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall
restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract [Documents.
D. Loading Structures: CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be
loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any part of the
Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it.
6.12 Record Documents
A. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one record copy of all Drawings,
Specifications, Addenda,. Written Amendments, Change Orders, Worm Change Directives, Field Orders,
and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during
construction. These .record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all
approved Shop Drawings will be available.to ENGINEER for reference. Upon completion of the Work,
these record documents, Samples, and Shop Drawings will be delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER.
6.13 Safety and Protection
A. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety
precautions and programs in connection with the Worst. CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary
precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss
to:
1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work;
2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or
off the Site; and
3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pave-
ments, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, reloca-
tion, or replacement in the course of construction.
B. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of
persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall
erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify
OWNERS of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility OWNERs when prosecution
of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and
replacement of their property. All damage, injury, or loss .to any property referred to in paragraph
6.13.A.2 or 6.13.A.3 caused,' directly or indirectly; in whole or in part, by CONTRACTOR, any
Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to
perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by
CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or
ENGINEER's Consultant, or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them
may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of
CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed
by any of therm). CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work
shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a notice to
OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraph 14.07.13 that the Work is acceptable (except
as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion).
6.14 Safety Representative
A. CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site
whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and
supervising of safety precautions and programs.
GWRP EXPANSION - PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:%092901134-09290-164061Docs\SpecsSGWRPphase1121a Cond€t€ons of Contractdocx GENERAL CONDITIONS - PAGE 26
6.15 Hazard Communication Programs
A. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets
or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or
among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations.
6.16 Emergencies
A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or
adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss.
CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any
significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or
are required as a result thereof. If ENGINEER determines that a change in the Contract Documents is
required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, a Work
Change Directive or Change Order will be issued.
6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples
A. CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance
with the acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals. All submittals will be identified
as ENGINEER may require and in the number of copies specified in the General Requirements. The
data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified
performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show ENGINEER the services, materials,
and equipment CONTRACTOR proposes to provide and to enable ENGINEER to review the information
for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.17.E.
B. CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to. ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance
with the acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals. Each Sample will be identified
clearly as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, and the use for which intended
and otherwise as ENGINEER may require to enable ENGINEER to review the submittal for the limited
purposes required by paragraph 6.17.E. The numbers of each Sample to be submitted will be as
specified in the Specifications.
C. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop
Drawings and Sample submittals acceptable to ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2.07, any related
Work performed prior to ENGINEER's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole
expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR.
D. Submittal Procedures
1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, CONTRACTOR shall have determined and
verified:
a. all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation
requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto;
b. all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assem-
bly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work;
c. all information relative to means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of
construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; and
d. CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample
with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract
Documents.
2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written indication that CONTRACTOR has satis-
fied CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to CONTRACTOR's
review and approval of that submittal.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P.N09290t134-a929o-lQGQ6�Docstsoecs�GWR Pp[hasenz1a Conditions of Corltract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 27
3. At the time of each submittal, CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER specific written notice of
such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of
the Contract Documents,.such notice to be in a written. communication separate from the submittal;
and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample sub-
mitted to ENGINEER for review and approval of each such variation.
E. ENGINEER's Review
1. ENGINEER will timely review and approve Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with
the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals acceptable to ENGINEER. ENGINEER's
review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after
installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents
and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as
indicated by the Contract Documents.
2.. ENGINEER's. review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences,
or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or
procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to
safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such
will not indicate approval of the assembly in which.the item functions.
3. ENGINEER's review and. approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve
CONTRACTOR from responsibility for any variation from the.. requirements of the Contract Documents
unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called ENGINEER's attention to each such variation at the time
of each submittal as required by paragraph 6.17.D,3 and ENGINEER has given written approval of
each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop
Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from
responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph 6.17.D.1.
F. Resubmittal Procedures
1. CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required by ENGINEER and shall return the required
number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and
approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections
called for by ENGINEER on previous submittals.
6.18 Continuing the Work
A. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or
disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes
or disagreements, except as permitted under the Construction Contract or as OWNER and
CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in writing,
6.19 CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee
A. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER, ENGINEER, and ENGINEER's Consultants
that all Work will .be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective.
CONTRACTOR's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by:
1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by. persons other than
CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom CONTRACTOR
is responsible; or
2. normal wear and tear under normal usage..
B. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents shall be.absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in
accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work
in accordance with the Contract Documents:
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P'109290V134t9290-100061DocsSSRecs\GWRPphaselt21a Conditions of Contract.ctacx GENERA. CONDITIONS — PAGE 28
1. observations by ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultant;
2. recommendation by ENGINEER, or ENGINEER's Consultant or payment by OWNER of any
progress or final payment;
3. the. issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by ENGINEER or any payment related
thereto by OWNER;
4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNER;
5. any acceptance by OWNER or any failure to do so;
6. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of
acceptability by ENGINEER;
7. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or
8. any correction of defective Work by OWNER.
ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK
7.01 Related Work at Site
A. OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the Site by OWNER's employees, or let
other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility OWNERs. If such other work is not
noted in the Contract Documents, then:
1. written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such other work; and
2. if OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or
extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times that should be allowed as a
result of such other work, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05.
B. CONTRACTOR shall afford each other CONTRACTOR who is a party to such a direct contract
and each utility OWNER (and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the other work with OWNER's employ-
ees) proper and safe access to the Site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of
materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly coordinate the Work
with theirs.. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting,
fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several
parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any
work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work
with the written consent of ENGINEER and the others whose work will .be affected. The duties and
responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility OWNERS and
other CONTRACTORS to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of
CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER and such utility OWNERS and other
CONTRACTORS.
C. If the proper execution or results of any part of CONTRACTOR's Work depends upon work per=
formed by others under this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall inspect such other work and promptly report
to ENGINEER in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable
or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of CONTRACTOR's Work. CONTRACTOR's failure to
so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with
CONTRACTOR's Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work.
7.02 Coordination
A. If OWNER intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the
Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions:
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:Q92901ia4-09290-E0006%Decs%SpecrIGWRPphasel%21a Conditions ofContract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS— PAGE 29
1. the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the
activities among the various CONTRACTORs will be identified;
2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and
3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided.
B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall have sole authority
and responsibility for such coordination.
ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
801 Communications to CONTRACTOR
A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, OWNER small issue all communi-
cations to CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER.
8.02 Replacement of ENGINEER
A. In case of termination of the employment of ENGINEER, OWNER shall appoint an ENGINEER to
whom CONTRACTOR makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall
be that of the former ENGINEER.
8.03 Furnish Data
A. OWNER shall promptly furnish the data required of OWNER under the Contract Documents,
804 Pay Promptly When Due
A. OWNER shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly when they are due as provided in
paragraphs 14.02.0 and 14.07.C.
8.05 Lands and Easements, Reports and Tests
A. OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys
to establish reference points are set forth In paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to
OWNER's identifying and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and tests
of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions. in or relating to existing surface or
subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized in preparing the Contract
Documents.
806 Insurance
A. OWNER's responsibilities, if any, in respect to purchasing and maintaining liability and property
insurance are set forth in Article 5 and the Construction Contract,
8.07 Change Orders
A. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in paragraph 1003.
8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals
A. OWNER's responsibility in respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in
paragraph 13.03.B.
8.09 Limitations on OWNER's Responsibilities
GWRP EXPANSION - PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:\092901134-09290-10006\DocslSpecs\GWRPphase1121a Conditions ofCortract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS - PAGE 30
A. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for,
CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and
Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OWNER will not be responsible for
CONTRACTOR's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition
A. OWNER's responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set
forth in paragraph 4.06.
8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements
A. If and to the extent OWNER has agreed to furnish CONTRACTOR reasonable evidence that
financial arrangements have been made to satisfy OWNER's obligations under the Contract Documents,
OWNER's responsibility in respect thereof will be as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions.
ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION
9.01 OWNER'S Representative
A. ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative during the construction period, The duties and
responsibilities and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as OWNER's representative during
construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and will not be changed without written consent of
OWNER and ENGINEER.
9.02 Visits to Site
A. ENGINEER will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction
as ENGINEER deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional
the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of CONTRACTOR's executed
Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, ENGINEER, for the benefit of
OWNER, will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract
Documents. ENGINEER will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to
check the quality or quantity of the Work.. ENGINEER's efforts will be directed toward providing for
OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract
Documents. On the basis of such visits and observations, ENGINEER will keep OWNER informed of the
progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against defective Work.
B. ENGINEER'S visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on ENGINEER's authority
and responsibility set forth in paragraph 9.10, and particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result
of ENGINEER's visits or observations of CONTRACTOR's Work ENGINEER will not supervise, direct,
control, or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques,
sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for
any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the
Work.
9.03 Project Representative
A. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER will furnish a Resident Project Representative to
assist ENGINEER in providing more extensive observation of the Work. The responsibilities and authority
and limitations thereon of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in
paragraph 9.10 and in the Supplementary Conditions. If OWNER designates another representative or
agent to represent OWNER at the Site who is not ENGINEER's Consultant, agent or employee, the
responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided
in the Supplementary Conditions.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:109290Rl34-09290-100061Docs15pecslGWRPphase1121a CondiEons of contract.dou GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE. 31
9.04 Clarifications and Interpretations
A. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of
the requirements of the Contract Documents as ENGINEER may determine necessary, which shall be
consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents. Such written
clarifications and interpretations will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If OWNER and
CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any
adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a result of a written
clarification or interpretation, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05.
9.05 Authorized Variations in Work
A. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract
Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are
compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the
Contract Documents. These: may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on OWNER and
also on CONTRACTOR, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR
are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract
Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of a Field Order, a Claim may be made therefor as provided
in paragraph 10.05.
9.06 Rejecting Defective Work
A. ENGINEER. will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be
defective, or that ENGINEER believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract
Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the. design concept of the completed Project as a
functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will also have authority to require
special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 13.04; whether or not the Work is
fabricated, installed, or completed.
9.07 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments
A. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see paragraph 6.17.
B. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12.
C. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14.
9.08 Determinations for Unit Price Work
A. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities and classifications of unit Price Work performed
by CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER will review with CONTRACTOR the ENGINEER's preliminary determina-
tions on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application
for Payment or otherwise). ENGINEER's written decision thereon will be final and binding (except as
modified by ENGINEER to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon OWNER and
CONTRACTOR, subject to the provisions of paragraphs 10.05 through 10.09, inclusive.
9.09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work
A. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge
of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the
acceptability of the Work, the quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work, the interpretation of the
requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance of the Work, and Claims seeking
changes in the Contract Price or. Contract Times will be referred initially to ENGINEER in writing, in
accordance with the provisions of paragraph 10.05, with a request for a formal decision.
9.10 Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and Responsibilities
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:1092901134-09290-10066\Docs%SpecsIGWRPphase1121a Conditions of Contraci.dacx GENERAL CONDITIONS -- PAGE 32
A. Neither ENGINEER's authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other provision of
the Contract Documents nor any decision made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise or not
exercise.such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or performance of any authority or
responsibility by ENGINEER shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise
owed by ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity,
or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them.
S. ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for
CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and
Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. ENGINEER will not be responsible for
CONTRACTOR's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
C. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any of the Work.
D. ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment and. accompanying documentation and all
maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates of inspection, tests
and approvals, and other documentation. required to be delivered by paragraph 14.07.A will only be to
determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of
inspections, tests, and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract
Documents.
E. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.10 shall also apply to
ENGINEER'§ Consultants, Resident Project Representative, and assistants.
ARTICLE 10 -CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS
10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work
A. Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, OWNER may, at any time or
from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work by a Written Amendment, a Change
Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, CONTRACTOR shall promptly
proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract
Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided).
6. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent,
if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a
result of a Work Change Directive, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05.
10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work
A. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the
Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as
amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in. paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emergency
as provided in paragraph 6.16 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.04.6.
10.03 Execution of Change Orders
A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute appropriate Change Orders recommended by
ENGINEER (or Written Amendments) covering:
1. changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.01.A, (ii) re-
quired because of acceptance of defective Work under paragraph 13.08.A or OWNER's correction of
defective Work under paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties;
2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, including
any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:�09290�134-09290-10006\Docs\Specs\GWRPphaseI\21 a Conditions of Contract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 33
Change Directive, and
3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written
decision rendered by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 10.05; provided that, in lieu of executing any
such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the
provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such
appeal, CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in
paragraph 6.18.A.
10.04 Notification to Surety
A. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract
Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of
any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACTOR's responsibility.
The amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change.
10.05 Claims and Disputes
A. Notice: Written notice stating the general nature of each Claim, dispute, or other matter shall be
delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later
than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto. Notice of the amount or extent of the Claim,
dispute, or other matter with supporting data shall be delivered to the ENGINEER and the other party to
the Contract within 60 days after the start of such event (unless ENGINEER allows additional time for
claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim, dispute, or other matter). A
Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be. prepared in accordance with the provisions of
paragraph 12.01.13. A Claim for an adjustment in ContractTime shall be prepared in accordance with the
provisions of paragraph 12.02.13. Each Claim shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that
the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant believes it is entitled. as a result of
said event. The opposing party shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the claimant within 30 days
after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless ENGINEER allows additional time).
B. ENGINEERS Decision: ENGINEER will render a formal decision in writing within 30 days after
receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any.
ENGINEER's written decision on such Claim, dispute, or other matter will be final and binding upon
OWNER and CONTRACTOR unless:
1. an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken within the time limits and in accordance with
the dispute resolution procedures set forth in the Construction Contract
2, if no such dispute resolution procedures have been set forth in the Construction Contract, a
written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEER's written decision is delivered by OWNER or
CONTRACTOR to the other and to ENGINEER within 30 days after the date of such decision, and a
formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction within 60
days after the date of such decision or within 60 days after Substantial Completion, whichever is later
(unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR), to exercise such rights or
remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such Claim, dispute, or other matter in
accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations.
C. If ENGINEER does not render a formal decision in writing. within the time stated in paragraph
10.05.B,.a decision denying the Claim in its entirety shall be deemed to have been issued 31 days after
receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any.
D. No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times (or Milestones) will be valid if not
submitted in accordance with this paragraph 10.05.
10.06 Allowable Quantity Variations on Unit Price Contracts:
A In the event of an increase or decrease in a bid item quantity of a unit price contract, the total
amount of work actually done or materials or equipment furnished shall be paid for according to the unit
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:�09290i134-092go-10006\DocslspecsSGWRPpnasel%21a cnndifons of contract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 34
price established for such work under the Contract Documents, wherever such unit price has been
established; provided, that an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price may be made for changes which
result in an increase or decrease in the quantity of any unit price bid item of the Work in excess of 25
percent, or for eliminated items.of work.
10.07 Increases of More Than 25 Percent on Unit Price Contracts:
A. On a unit price contract, should the total quantity of any item of Work required under the Contract
exceed the estimate therefor by more than 25 percent, the Work in excess of 125 percent of such
estimate and not covered by an executed contract Change Order specifying the compensation to be paid
therefor will be paid for by adjusting the Contract Unit Price, as hereinafter provided, or at the option of
the OWNER, payment for the Work involved in such excess will be made on the basis of force account as
provided in Article 11.
B. Such adjustment of the. Contract Unit Price will. be the difference between the Contract Unit Price
and the actual unit cost, which will be determined as hereinafter provided, of the total pay quantity of the
item. If the costs applicable to such item of Worn include fixed costs, such fixed costs shall be deemed to
have been recovered by the CONTRACTOR by the payments made for 125 percent of the estimate of the
quantity for such item, and in computing the actual unit cost, such fixed costs will be excluded. Subject to
the above. provisions; such actual unit cost will be determined by the ENGINEER in the same manner as
if the Work were to be paid for on a force account basis as provided in Article 11, herein, or such
adjustment will be as agreed to by the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER.
C. When the compensation payable for the number of units of an item of Work performed in excess
of 125 percent of the estimate is less than $5,000 at the applicable Contract Unit Price, the ENGINEER
reserves the right to make no adjustment in said price if he so elects, except that an adjustment will be
made if requested in writing by the CONTRACTOR.
10.08. Decreases of More Than 25 Percent on Unit Price Contracts:
A. On unit price contracts, should.the total pay quantity of any item of work required under the
contract be less than 75 percent of the estimate therefor, ars adjustment in compensation pursuant to this
Section will not be made unless the CONTRACTOR so requests in writing. If the CONTRACTOR so
requests, the quantity of said item performed, unless covered by an executed contract change order
specifying the compensation payable therefor, will be paid for by adjusting the Contract Unit Price as
hereinafter provided, or at the option of the ENGINEER, payment for the quantity of the Work of such item
performed will be made on the basis of force account as provided in Article 11, herein; provided however,
that in no case shall the payment for such Work be less than that which would be made at the Contract
Unit Price.
B. Such adjustment of the contract unit price will be. the difference between the contract unit price
and the actual unit cost, which will be determined as hereinafter provided, of the total pay quantity of the
item, including fixed costs. Such actual unit cost will be determined by the ENGINEER in the same
manner as if the Work were to be paid for on a force account basis as provided in Article 11; or such
adjustment will be as agreed to by the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER.
C. The payment for the total pay quantity of such item of Work will in no case exceed the payment
which would be made for the performance of 75 percent of the estimate of the quantity for such item at
the original Contract Unit Price,
10.09 Eliminated Items on Unit Price Contracts:
A. On unit price contracts, should any contract item of the Work be eliminated in its entirety, in the
absence of an executed contract Change Order covering such elimination, payment will be made to the
CONTRACTOR for actual costs incurred in connection with such eliminated contract item if incurred prior
to the date of notification in writing by the ENGINEER of such elimination.
B. If acceptable material is ordered by the CONTRACTOR for the eliminated item prior to the date of
notification of such elimination by the ENGINEER, and if orders for such material cannot be canceled, it
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P\092905134-09290-10006\Docs\specs\GWRPphasel121a Conditions ofContract.00cx GENERAL CONDITIONS -- PAGE 35
will be paid for at the actual cost to the CONTRACTOR. In such case, the material paid for shall become
the property of the OWNER and the actual cost of any further handling. will be paid for by the OWNER. if
the material is returnable to the vendor and if the ENGINEER so directs the CONTRACTOR, the material
shall be returned and the CONTRACTOR will be paid for the actual cost of charges made by the vendor
for returning the material. The actual cost of handling returned material will be paid for.
C. The actual costs or charges to be paid by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR as provided in this
Article 10 will be computed in the same manner as if the Work were to be paid for on a force account
basis as provided in Article 11
ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; CASH ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK
11.01 Cast of the Work
A. Costs Included. The term Cost of the Work means the sura of all costs necessarily incurred and
paid by CONTRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. When the value of any Work covered by
a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost
of the Work, the costs to be reimbursed to CONTRACTOR will be only those additional or incremental
costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the Claim.
Except as.otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher
than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items, and shall not
include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.01.8.
1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the
Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such
employees shall include without limitation superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed
full time at the Site. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be appor-
tioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to,
salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits; which shall include social security contributions,
unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health and retirement benefits,
bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work
outside of regular working hours on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the
above to the extent authorized by OWNER.
2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of
transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All
cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR
with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade
discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue
to OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained.
3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to Subcontractors for Work performed by
Subcontractors. If required by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from
subcontractors acceptable to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER,
who will then determine, with the advice of ENGINEER, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any
subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee,
the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as
CONTRACTOR's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this paragraph 11.01.
4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing labora-
tories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work.
5. Supplemental costs including the following:
a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of
CONTRACTOR's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work.
b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment,
machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by
the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of
GWRP EXPANSION -- PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:%092901134-09290-100066 DocssSpecs\GWRPphase9121a Conditlans &Contract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — MAGE 36
such items used but not consumed which remain the property of CONTRACTOR.
c. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether
rented from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by
OWNER with the advice of ENGINEER, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading,
assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms
of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease
when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work.
d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which
CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations.
e. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or
anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be
liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses.
f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by. damage to the Work, not
compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by CONTRACTOR in connection with the per-
formance of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property
insurance established in accordance with paragraph 5.05.D), provided such losses and damages
have resulted from causes other than the. negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or
anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be
liable. Such losses shall include. settlements made with. the written consent and approval of
OWNER. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for
the purpose of determining CONTRACTOR's fee.
g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site.
h. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at
the Site, expressage, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work.
i. When the Cost of the Work is used to determine the value of a Change Order or of a
Claim, the cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because of the changes
in the Work or caused by the event giving rise to the Claim.
j. When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, the .costs of premiums for all
Bonds and insurance CONTRACTOR is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and
maintain.
B. Costs Excluded. The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items:
1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CONTRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of
partnerships and .sole proprietorships), general managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attor-
neys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and
other personnel employed by CONTRACTOR, whether at the Site or in CONTRACTOR's principal or
branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon
schedule of job classifications referred to in paragraph 11.01.A.1 or specifically covered by paragraph
11.01.A.4, all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the CONTRACTOR's
fee.
2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal and branch offices other than CONTRACTOR's office
at the Site.
3. Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR's capital
employed for the Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments.
4. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indi-
rectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited
to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making
good any damage to property.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:1092901134-09290-1000611]ocs\SpecslGWRPpnaseI\2.1a Conditions of Contract.docx GENERAL, CONDITIONS — PAGE 37
5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not
specifically and expressly included in paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.01.8. .
C. CONTRACTOR's l=ee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus,
CONTRACTOR's fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work
covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the
basis of Cost of the Work, CONTRACTOR's fee shall be determined as set forth in paragraph 12.01.C.
D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to
paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.01.8, CONTRACTOR will establish and maintain records thereof in
accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to ENGINEER
an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data.
11.02 Cash Allowances
A. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named
in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums as may
be acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR agrees that:
1. the allowances include the cost to CONTRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of
materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable
taxes; and
2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation costs, over-
head, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract
Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the
foregoing will be valid.
B. Prior to final. payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by
ENGINEER to reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances,
and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted.
11.03. Unit Price Work
A. Where the. Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work,
initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of
the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each
item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaran-
teed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price.
Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by
CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER subject to the provisions of paragraph 9.08.
B. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be ade-
quate to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately identified item.
C. OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accor-
dance with paragraph 10.05 if:
1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially
and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and
2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect any other item of Work; and
3. if CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRACTOR is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as
a result of having incurred additional expense or OWNER believes that OWNER is entitled to a
decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase
or decrease.
GWRP EXPANSION - PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:1092901134-0929€3-1000610ocs18pacs\GWRPphase1121a Conditions of Contract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — MAGE 38
11.04 Cost of Work (Based on Time Materials, and Equipment" and CONTRACTOR's Overhead and
Profit):
A. General: The term "Cost of Work" shall mean the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid
by the CONTRACTOR for labor, materials, and equipment plus CONTRACTOR's overhead, and profit in
the proper performance of Work. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by the OWNER, such
costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project.
B. Labor: The cost of labor used in performing Work by the CONTRACTOR, a Subcontractor, or
other forces will be the sum of the following:
I. The actual wages paid plus any employer payments to, or on behalf of Workers for fringe benefits
including health and welfare, pension, vacation, and similar purposes. The cost of labor may
include the wages paid to foremen when determined by the ENGINEER that the services of
foremen do not constitute a part of the overhead allowance as defined in Article 11.06, herein.
2. To the actual wages, as defined in paragraph 11.048(1), herein, will be added a labor surcharge
set forth in the California Department of Transportation publication entitled Labor Surcharge and
Equipment Rates, which is in effect on the date upon which the Work is accomplished and which
is hereby included. as a part of these General Conditions by this reference thereto. Said labor
surcharge shall constitute full compensation for all payments imposed by the State and Federal
laws and for all other payments made to, or on behalf of, the Workers, other than actual wages as
defined in paragraph 11.0413(1), herein, and subsistence and travel allowance as specified in
paragraph 11.0413(3), herein.
3. The amount paid for subsistence and travel required by collective bargaining agreements, or in
accordance with the regular practice of the employer.
At the beginning of the extra work and as later requested by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall
furnish the ENGINEER proof of labor compensation rates being paid.
C. Materials: The cost of materials used in performing Work will be the cost to the purchaser,
whether CONTRACTOR or Subcontractor, from the supplier thereof, except as the following are
applicable:
Trade discounts available to the purchaser shall be credited to the OWNER notwithstanding the
fact that such discounts may not have been taken by the CONTRACTOR.
2. For materials secured by other than a direct purchase and direct billing to the purchaser, the cost
shall be deemed to be the price paid to the actual supplier as determined by the ENGINEER.
Markup except for actual casts incurred in the handling of such materials will not be allowed.
3. Payment for materials from sources owned wholly or in part by the purchaser shall not exceed the
price paid by the purchaser for similar materials from said sources on extra work items or the
current wholesale price far such materials delivered to the Work site, whichever price is lower.
4. If in the opinion of the ENGINEER the cost of material is excessive, or the CONTRACTOR does
not furnish satisfactory evidence of the cost of such material, then the cost shall be deemed to be
the lowest current wholesale price for the quantity concerned delivered to the Work site less trade
discount. The OWNER reserves the right to furnish materials for the extra Work and no claim
shall be made by the CONTRACTOR for costs, overhead, and profit on such materials.
D. Equipment: The CONTRACTOR will be paid for the use of equipment at the rental rate listed for
such equipment specified in the Supplementary General Conditions. Such rental rate will be used to
compute payments for equipment whether the equipment is under the CONTRACTOR's control through
direct OWNERSHIP, leasing, renting, or another method of acquisition. The rental rate to be applied for
use of each items of equipment shall be the rate resulting in the least total cost to the OWNER for the
total period of use. If it is deemed necessary by the CONTRACTOR to use equipment not listed in the
foregoing publication, on equitable rental rate for the equipment will be established by the ENGINEER.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:109290�134-69250-10006tDocs18pecslGWRPphasa1t21a Conditions of Cantract.dccx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 39
The CONTRACTOR may furnish cost data which might assist the ENGINEER in the establishment of the
rental rate.
1. All equipment shall, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, be in good working condition and suitable
for the purpose for which the equipment is to be used.
2. Before construction equipment is used on the extra Work, the CONTRACTOR shall plainly stencil
or stamp an identifying number thereon at a conspicuous location, and shall furnish to the
ENGINEER, in duplicate, a description of the equipment and its identifying number.
3. Unless otherwise specified, manufacturer's ratings and manufacturer approved modifications
shall be used to classify equipment for the determination of applicable rental rates. Equipment
which has no direct power unit shall be powered by a unit of at least the minimum rating
recommended by the manufacturer.
4. Individual pieces of equipment or tools having a replacement value of $200or less, whether or
riot consumed by use, shall be considered to be small tools and no payment will be made
therefor.
5. Rental time will not be allowed while equipment is inoperative due to breakdowns.
E. Equipment on the Work:. The rental time to be paid for equipment on the Work shall be the time
the equipment is in productive operation on the extra Work being performed and, in addition, shall include
the time required to move the equipment to the location of the extra Work and return it to the original
location or to another location requiring no more time than that required to return it to its original location;
except, that moving time will not be paid if the equipment is used on other than the extra Work, even
though located at the site of the extra Work. Loading and transporting costs will be allowed, in lieu of
moving time, when the equipment is moved by means other than its own power, except that no payment
will be made for loading and transporting costs when the equipment is used at the site of the extra Work
on other than the extra Work. The following shall be used in computing the rental time of equipment on
the Work.
When hourly rates are listed, any part of an hour less than 30 minutes of operation shall be
considered to be 112 -hour of operation, and any part of an hour greater than 30 minutes will be
considered one hour of operation.
2. When daily rates are listed, any part of a day less than 4 hours operation shall be considered to
be 112 -day of operation.
3. When OWNER -operated equipment is used to perform extra Work to be paid for on a time and
materials basis, the CONTRACTOR will be paid for the equipment and operator, as forth in
Subparagraphs (4), (5), and (6), following:
4. Payment for the equipment will be made in accordance with the provisions in paragraph 11.04©,
herein
5. Payment for the cost of labor and subsistence or travel allowance will be made at the rates paid
by the CONTRACTOR to other workers operating similar equipment already on the Work, or in
the absence of such labor, established by collective bargaining agreements for the type of
workers and location of the extra work, whether or not the operator is actually covered by such an
agreement. A labor surcharge will be added to the cost of labor described herein in accordance
with the provisions of paragraph 11.04B, herein, which surcharge shall constitute full
compensation for payments imposed by state and federal laws and all other payments made to
on behalf of workers other than actual wages.
6. To the direct cost of equipment rental and labor, computed as provided herein, will be added the
allowances for equipment rental and labor as provided in Article 11.06 herein.
11.05 Special Services:
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:1092901134-09290-100061DocslSpecsIGWRPphasel321aConditions ofContract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS -- PAGE 40
A. Special Work or services are defined as that Work characterized by extraordinary complexity,
sophistication, or innovation or a combination of the foregoing attributes which are unique to the
construction industry. The following may be considered by the ENGINEER in making estimates for
payment for special services:
1. When the ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR, by agreement, determine that a special service or
Work is required which cannot be performed by the forces of the CONTRACTOR or those of any
of its Subcontractors, the special service or Work may be performed by an entity especially skilled
in the Work to be performed. After validation of invoices and determination of market values by
the ENGINEER, invoices for special services or Work based upon the current fair market value
thereof may be accepted without complete itemization of labor, material, and equipment rental
Costs.
2. When the CONTRACTOR is required to perform Work necessitating special fabrication or
machining process in a fabrication or a machine shop facility away from the job site, the charges
for that portion of the Work. performed at the offsite facility may, by agreement, be accepted as a
special service and accordingly, the invoices for the Work may be accepted without detailed
itemization.
3. All invoices for special services will be adjusted by deducting all trade discounts offered or
available, whether the discounts were taken or not. In lieu of the allowances for overhead and
profit specified in Article 11.06, herein, an allowance of 5 percent will be added to invoices for
special services.
B. All Work. performed hereunder shall be subject to all of the provisions of the Contract Documents .
and the CONTRACTOR's sureties shall be bound with reference thereto as under the original Agreement.
Copies of all amendments to surety bonds or supplemental surety bonds shall be submitted to the
OWNER for review prior to the performance of any Work hereunder.
11.06 CONTRACTOR's Overhead and Profit:
A. Work ordered on the basis of time and materials will be paid for at the actual necessary cost as
determined by the ENGINEER, plus allowances for overhead and profit. For extra work involving a
combination of increases and decreases in the Work the actual necessary cost will be the arithmetic sum
of the additive and deductive costs. The allowance for overhead and profit shall include full
compensation for superintendence, bond and insurance premiums, taxes, office expense, and all other
items of expense or cost not included in the cost of labor, materials, or equipment provided for under
Paragraphs 11.046, 11.04C, and 11.04D, herein including extended overhead and home office
overhead. The allowance for overhead and profit will be made in accordance with the following schedule:
ACTUAL NECESSARY OVERHEAD AND
COST PROFIT ALLOWANCE
Labor
20 percent
Materials
15 percent
Equipment
15 percent
Subcontracts (1$t tier)
5 percent
B. It is understood that labor, materials, and equipment may be furnished by the CONTRACTOR or
by the Subcontractor on behalf of the CONTRACTOR. When all or any part of the extra Work is
performed by a Subcontractor, the allowance specified herein shall be applied to the labor, materials, and
equipment costs of the Subcontractor, to which the CONTRACTOR may add 5 percent of the
Subcontractor's total cost. for the extra Work. Regardless of the number of hierarchical tiers of
Subcontractors, the 5 -percent increase above the Subcontractor's total cost which includes the
allowances for overhead and profit specified herein may be applied one time only for each separate Work
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:109290V134.09290-100065Docs?SpecsIOWRPphase11213 Conditions of Cnntract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 41
transaction. No markup allowance will be made for sub -subcontractors or below.
ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES
12.01 Change of Contract Price
A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any
Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice submitted by the party
making the Claim to the ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions
of paragraph 10.05.
B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the
Contract Price will be determined as follows.
1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by
application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of para-
graph 11.03 ); or
2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents,
by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not
necessarily in accordance with paragraph 12.01.C.2), or
3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents
and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under paragraph 12.01.8.2, on the basis of the Cost of
the Work (determined as provided in paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05) plus a CONTRACTOR's fee for
overhead and profit (determined as provided in paragraph 11.05).
C. CONTRACTOR's Fee: The CONTRACTOR's fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as
provided in paragraph 11.06.;
12.02 Change of Contract Times
A. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written
Amendment. Any Claire for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be based on written
notice submitted by the party making the claim to the ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract in
accordance with the provisions of paragraph 10.05.
B. Any adjustment of the Contract Times (or Milestones) covered by a Change Order or of any
Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be determined in accordance with the
provisions of this Article 12 and the Construction Contract.
ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL, OR ACCEPTANCE OF
DEFECTIVE WORK.
13.01 Notice of Defects
A. Prompt notice of all defective Work of which OWNER or ENGINEER has actual knowledge will be
given to CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this
Article 13.
13.02 Access to Work
A. OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, other representatives and personnel of
OWNER, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will
have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting, and testing.
CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of
CONTRACTOR's Site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:1092901734-09290.10006�E)ocsispecs\GWRPphaset121a Conditions of Contraet.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 42
13.03 Tests and Inspections
A. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required
inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate
required inspections or tests.
B. OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all
inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except:
1. for inspections, tests, or approvals covered by paragraphs 13.03.0 and 13.03.D below;
2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph
13.04.13. shall be paid as provided in said paragraph 13.04.13; and
3. as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents.
C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof)
specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of such public
body, CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests,
or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish ENGINEER the required certificates of
inspection or approval.
D. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in
connection with any inspections, tests, or approvals required for OWNER's and ENGINEER's acceptance
of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or
equipment submitted for approval prior to CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the
Work. Such inspections, tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to OWNER
and ENGINEER.
E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by
CONTRACTOR without written concurrence of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be
uncovered for observation.
F. Uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.03.E shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless
CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of CONTRACTOR's intention to cover the same and
ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice.
13.04 Uncovering Work
A. If any. Work is covered contrary to the written request of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by
ENGINEER, be uncovered for ENGINEER's observation and replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense.B.
If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or
inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at. ENGINEER's request, shall uncover, expose, or
otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as ENGINEER may require, that portion
of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment. If it is found that such
Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not
limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or
arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure,
observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not
limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and OWNER shall be entitled to an
appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof,
OWNER may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. If, however, such Work is not found
to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the
Contract Times (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation,
inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount
or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05.
13.05 OWNER May Stop the Work
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
F:t092901134-09280-400061DOCsl5pecslGWRPphaselY29a Conditions of Contract.dou GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 43
A. If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable
materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform
to the Contract Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof,
until the cause for such order has been. eliminated; however; this right of OWNER to stop the Work shall
not give rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR,
any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of
any of them.
13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work
A. CONTRACTOR shall correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or
completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the Project and replace it with
Work that is not defective. CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including
but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all
court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal
(including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others)..
13.07 Correction Period
A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may
be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the
Contract Documents or by any specific provision. of the Contract Documents; any Work is found to be
defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for CONTRACTOR`s use by
OWNER or permitted by. Laws and Regulations as contemplated in paragraph 6.11.Ais found to be
defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's
written instructions: (1) repair such defective land or areas, or (ii).correct such defective Work. or, if the
defective Work has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is
not defective, and (iii) satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to
the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply
with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or
damage, OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work re-
moved and replaced, and all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and
charges of. engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other
dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and
replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid
by CONTRACTOR.
B. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service
before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an
earlier date if so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment.
C. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or
removed and replaced under this paragraph 13.07, the correction period ,hereunder with respect to such
Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and re-
placement has been satisfactorily completed.
D. CONTRACTOR's obligations under this paragraph 13,07 are in addition to any other obligation or
warranty. The provisions of this paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of
the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose.
13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work
A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and,
prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so.
CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and
charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other
dispute resolution costs) attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determination to accept such
defective Work (such costs to be approved by ENGINEER as to reasonableness) and the diminished
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P 1092901134-09290-10006tDOCS\SpecslGWRPphasei121a Conditions of Contract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 44
value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this sentence. If any
such acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be
issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and
OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price; reflecting the diminished value
of Work so accepted. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a
Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an
appropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER.
13.09 OWNER May Correct Defective Work
A. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice from ENGINEER to correct
defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by ENGINEER in accordance with
paragraph 13.06.A, or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents, or if. CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents,
OWNER may, after seven days written notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such
deficiency.
B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph, OWNER shall proceed expeditiously.
In connection with such corrective and remedial action, OWNER may.exclude CONTRACTOR from all or
part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend CONTRACTOR's services related
thereto, take possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at
the Site, and incorporate.in the Work.all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which OWNER
has paid .CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow' OWNER,
OWNER's representatives, agents and employees, OWNER's other CONTRACTORS, and ENGINEER
and ENGINEER's Consultants access to the Site to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies
under this paragraph.
C. All Claims, costs, losses, and. damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of
engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute
resolution costs) incurred or sustained by OWNER in exercising the rights and remedies under this
paragraph 13.09 will be charged against CONTRACTOR, and a Change Order will be issued incorpo-
rating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be
entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the
amount of the adjustment, OWNER may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. Such
claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of
work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of CONTRACTOR's
defective Work.
D. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) because
of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER of OWNER's rights
and remedies under this paragraph 13.09.
ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION
14.01 Payment Schedule
A. On lump sum contracts, the schedule of values established as provided in paragraph 2.07.A will
serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment
acceptable to ENGINEER.
B. On unit price contracts, the Bid Schedule shall be the basis for progress payments and all Work
will be paid for at the contract prices named in the Bid Schedule per unit of measurement.
14.02 Progress Payments
A. Applications for Payments
GWRP EXPANSION -- PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
R:�09290�1a4-osteo-1ooas+oocs�spers�GW Raphasel\218 Goad€tions of contractdocx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 45
1. At least 20 days. before the date established for each progress payment (but not more often
than once a month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review an Application for
Payment filed out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the date of the
Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Docu-
ments. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work
but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application
for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting
that OWNER has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that
the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to
protect OWNER's interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to OWNER.
2. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit
of CONTRACTOR stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the Work have
been applied on account to discharge CONTRACTOR's legitimate obligations associated with prior
Applications for Payment.
3. The amount of Retainage with respect to progress payments shall be as follows::
a The Owner will retain 10 percent of each approved progress payment until the Work is 50
percent complete; then, the Owner may at its option suspend further Retainage until the
final progress payment.
b The Owner reserves the right to reinstate up to 10 percent Retainage of the total of the
Work done if the Owner determines, at its discretion, that there is other cause for such
Retainage.
B. Review of Applications
1. ENGINEER will, within 10 days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in
writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER or return the Applica-
tion to CONTRACTOR indicating in writing ENGINEER's reasons for refusing to recommend
payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the
Application.
2. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will
constitute a representation by ENGINEER to OWNER, based on ENGINEER's observations on the
Site of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional and on ENGINEER's
review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of
ENGINEER's knowledge, information and belief:
a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated;
b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to
an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the
results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of
quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under paragraph 9,08, and to any other
qualifications stated in the recommendation); and
c. the conditions precedent to CONTRACTOR's being entitled to such payment appear to
have been fulfilled in so far as it is ENGINEER's responsibility to observe the Work.
3. By recommending any such payment ENGINEER will. not thereby be deemed to have
represented that: (1) inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been
performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved de-
tailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the
Contract Documents; or (ii) that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that
might entitle CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or entitle OWNER to withhold
payment to CONTRACTOR.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:t092901134-09290-10008SpocslSpecs\GVVRPphase1121a Conditions of Contract.decx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 46
4. Neither ENGINEER's review of CONTRACTOR's Work for the purposes of recommending
payments nor ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment, including final payment, will impose
responsibility on ENGINEER to supervise, direct, or control the Work or for the means, methods,
techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs
incident thereto, or for CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to
CONTRACTOR's perf=ormance of the Work. Additionally, said review or recommendation will not
impose responsibility on ENGINEER to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes
CONTRACTOR has used the moneys paid on account of the Contract Price, or to determine that title
to any of the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to OWNER free and clear of any Liens.
5. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in
ENGINEER's opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to OWNER referred to in
paragraph 14.02.B.2. ENGINEER may also refuse to recommend any such payment or, because of
subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, revise or revoke
any such payment recommendation previously made, to such extent as may be necessary in
ENGINEER's opinion to protect OWNER from loss because:
a. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged, requiring correction or
replacement;
b. the Contract Price has been reduced by Written Amendment or Change Orders;
c. OWNER has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance.
with paragraph 13.09; or
d. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in
paragraph 15.02.A.
C. Payment Becomes Due
1. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to OWNER with ENGINEER's
recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.02.©)
become due, and when due will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR.
D. Reduction in Payment
1. OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER
because.
a. claims have been made against OWNER on account of CONTRACTOR's performance or.
furnishing of the Work;
b. Stop Notices have been filed in connection with the Work, except where CONTRACTOR
has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER to secure the satisfaction and discharge of
such Stop Notices;
c. there are other items entitling OWNER to a set-off against the amount recommended; or
d. OWNER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in
paragraphs 14.02.B.5.a through 14.02.B.5.c or paragraph 15.02.A.
2. if OWNER refuses to make payment of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER,
OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the
reasons for such action and promptly pay CONTRACTOR any amount remaining after deduction of
the amount so withheld. OWNER shall promptly pay CONTRACTOR the amount so withheld, or any
adjustment thereto agreed to by OWNER and CONTRACTOR, when CONTRACTOR corrects to
OWNER's satisfaction the reasons for such action.
3. If it is subsequently determined that OWNER's refusal of payment was not justified, the
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P,1092901134-09290-100061iDocs%SpeosIGWRPpha"1%21a Conditions of Cortract.dou GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 47
amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as determined by paragraph
14.02.C.1.
14.03 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title
A. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered
by any. Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later
than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens.
14.04 Substantial Completion
A. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall
notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items
specifically listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that ENGINEER issue a certificate of
Substantial Completion. Promptly thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER shall make an
inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider the. Work
substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons. therefor. If
ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will prepare and deliver to OWNER a
tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There
shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final
payment. OWNER shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make
written objection to ENGINEER as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering
such objections, ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, ENGINEER will within
14 days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing, stating
the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of OWNER's objections, ENGINEER considers the Work
substantially complete, ENGINEER will within said 14 days execute and deliver to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to
be completed or corrected), reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes
justified after consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the time of delivery of the tentative
certificate of Substantial Completion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written
recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, and protection of the Work, maintenance, heat,
utilities, insurance, and warranties and guarantees. Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree
otherwise in writing and so inform ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINEER's issuing the definitive
certificate of Substantial Completion, ENGINEER's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on OWNER
and CONTRACTOR until final payment.
B. OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Site after the date of Substantial
Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on
the tentative list,
14.05 Partial Utilization
A. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which has
specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which OWNER, ENGINEER, and
CONTRACTOR agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used
by OWNER for its intended purpose without significant interference with CONTRACTOR's performance of
the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work subject
to the following conditions.
1. OWNER at any time may request CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any
such part of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially
complete. If CONTRACTOR agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete,
CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER that such part of the Work is substantially
complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the
Work. CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that
CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially
complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the
Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:\09290»34-09290-10006lDocsrspecslGwRPphaselk29a Conditions of Contract docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 48
ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If
ENGINEER does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, ENGINEER will
notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers
that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of paragraph 14.04 will apply with .
respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of
responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto.
2. No occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with
the requirements of paragraph 5.10 regarding property insurance..
14.06 Final Inspection
A. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is
complete, ENGINEER will promptly make a final inspection with OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will
notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is
incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to
complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies.
14.07 Fina! Payment
A. Application for Payment
1. .After CONTRACTOR has, in the opinion of ENGINEER, satisfactorily completed all
corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract
Documents, all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or
other evidence of insurance certificates of inspection, marked -up record documents (as provided in
paragraph 6.12), and other documents, CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment
following the procedure for progress payments.
2: The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by:
(1) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of
insurance required by subparagraph 5.03.13.7; (ii) consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; and
(Ili) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to OWNER) of all Lien rights
arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work.
3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens specified in paragraph 14.07.A.2 and as approved
by OWNER, CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of
CONTRACTOR that: (1) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material, and equipment
for which a Lien could be filed; and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other
indebtedness connected with the Work for which OWNER or OWNER's property might in any way be
responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish
such a release or receipt in full, CONTRACTOR may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to
OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any Lien.
B. Review of Application and Acceptance
1. If, on the basis of ENGINEER's observation of the Work during construction and final inspec-
tion, and ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation
as required by the Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been completed
and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled,
ENGINEER will, within ten days after.recelpt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing
ENGINEER's recommendation of payment and present the Application for Payment to OWNER for
payment. At the same time ENGINEER will also give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR
that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.09. Otherwise, ENGINEER will
return the Application for Payment to CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to
recommend final payment, in which case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and
resubmit the Application for Payment.
2. After acceptance of the Work by the OWNER's governing body, the OWNER will make final
GWRP EXPANSION -- PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P;092901134-09290-10006SDocs\Specs',GWRPphase1121aConditions ofOcntract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS— PAGE 49
payment to the CONTRACTOR of the amount remaining after deducting all prior payments and all
amounts to be kept or retained under the provisions of the Contract Documents, including the
following items:
Liquidated damages, as applicable
a. Retainage from final progress payment
Withholding of one and one-half times the value of any outstanding items of correction work or
Punch List items which are yet uncompleted or uncorrected, as applicable. All such work
shall be completed or corrected to the satisfaction of the OWNER within the time specified in
the Supplementary General Conditions, otherwise the CONTRACTOR does hereby waive
any and all claims to all monies withheld by the OWNER to cover the value of such
uncompleted or uncorrected items.
C. Payment Becomes Due
1. Thirty days after the presentation to OWNER of the Application for Payment and
accompanying documentation, the amount recommended by ENGINEER will become due and, when
due, will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR.
14.08 Final. Completion Delayed
A. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if
ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of CONTRACTOR's final Application for Payment
and recommendation of ENGINEER, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the
balance due for that portion of the'Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be
held by OWNER for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the Retainage stipulated in the
Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in the Construction Contract consent of the
surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall
be submitted by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER with the Application for such payment. Such payment
shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a
waiver of Claims.
14.09 Waiver of Claims
A. Subject to the provisions of California Public Contract Code Section 7100, the making and
acceptance of final payment will constitute:
1. a waiver of all Claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR filed subsequent to the making of
final payment; except Claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final
inspection pursuant to paragraph 14.06, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the
terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations
under the Contract Documents; and
2. a waiver of all Claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made
in writing which are still unsettled.
B Payment of undisputed contract amounts is contingent upon the CONTRACTOR furnishing the
OWNER with a release of all claims against the OWNER by virtue of the public works contract related to
those amounts. Disputed contract claims in stated amounts may be excluded by the CONTRACTOR
from the operation of the release.
ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION
15.01 OWNER May Suspend Work
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
PA0929M134-69290-100061DocstiSpecs1GWRPphasell21aCondEGons OfcontraCt.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 50
A. At any time. and without cause, OWNER may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a
period of not more than 90 consecutive days by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER
which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the
date so fixed. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the
Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if CONTRACTOR makes a Claim
therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05.
ARTICLE 16 - MISCELLANEOUS
16.01 Giving Notice
A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be
deemed to have been validly given if given in writing and delivered in person to the individual or to a
member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice.
16.02 Computation of Times
A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to
exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a
Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day
will be omitted from the computation.
16.03 Cumulative Remedies
A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies
available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a
limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or
available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract
Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the
Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they
apply,
16.04 Survival of Obligations
A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given
in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract
Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or comple-
tion of the Agreement..
16.05 Controlling Law
A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the State of California
ARTICLE 17.-- CALIFORNIA LEGAL REQUIREMENTS
17.01 State Wage Determinations:
A. As required by Sections 1770 and following, of the California Labor Code, the CONTRACTOR
shall pay not less than the prevailing rate of per diem wages as determined by the Director of the
California Department of Industrial Relations. Copies of such prevailing rate of per diem wages are on file
at the office of the OWNER, which copies shall be made available to any interested party on request. The
CONTRACTOR shall post a copy of such determination at each job site.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall, as a penalty to the OWNER, forfeit $50.00 for each calendar day, or
portion thereof, for each worker paid less than the prevailing rates as determined by the Director for such
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:1OS2991134-09290-10006\Docs\specslGWRPphase9\21a Candiftns of Contract.doex GENERAL CONDITIONS -- PAGE 51
work or craft in which such worker is employed for any public work done under the contract by him or by
any subcontractor under him.
17.02 Workers' Compensation:
A. In accordance with the provisions of Section 3700 of the California Labor Code, the
CONTRACTOR shall secure the payment of compensation to its employees.
B. Prior to beginning work under the Contract, the CONTRACTOR shall sign and file with the
OWNER the following certification:"I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which
require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake
self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions
before commencing the performance of the Work of this Contract."
C. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, before the Contract is executed on behalf of the
OWNER, a bidder to whom a contract has been awarded shall furnish satisfactory evidence that it has
secured in the manner required and provided by law the payment of workers' compensation.
17.03 Apprentices on Public Works:
A The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable. provisions of Section 1777.5 and 1777.6 of
the California Labor Code relating to employment of apprentices on public works.
17.04 Working Hours:
A The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable provisions of Section 1810 to 1815,
inclusive, of the California Labor Code relating to working hours. The CONTRACTOR shall, as a penalty
to the OWNER, forfeit $25.00 for each worker employed in the. execution of the Contract by the
CONTRACTOR or by any sub- CONTRACTOR for each calendar day during which such worker is
required or permitted to work more than 8 hours in any one calendar day and 40 hours in any one
calendar week, unless such work receives compensation for all hours worked in excess of 8 Hours at not
less than 1-112 times the basic rate of pay.
17.05 CONTRACTOR Not Responsible For Damage Resulting From Certain Acts of God:
A As provided in Section 7103 of the California Public Contract Code,(Chapter 694,A.B, No. 3416,
Stats. of 1990), the CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for the cost of repairing or restoring damage
to the Work which damage is determined to have been proximately caused by an act of God, in excess of
5 percent of the .contracted amount, provided, that the Work damaged was built in accordance with
accepted and applicable building standards and the plans and specifications of the OWNER. The
CONTRACTOR shall obtain insurance to indemnify the OWNER for any damage to the Work caused by
an act of God if the insurance premium is a separate bid item in the bidding schedule for the Work. For
purposes of this section, the term "acts of God" shall include only the following. occurrences or conditions
and effects: earthquakes in excess of a magnitude of 3.5 on the Richter Scale, and tidal waves.
17.06 Notice of Completion:
A In accordance with the Sections 3086 and 3093 of the .California Civil Code, within 10 days after
date of acceptance of the Work by the OWNER's governing body, the OWNER will file, in the County
Recorder's office, a Notice of Completion of the Work.
17.07 Unpaid Claims:
A If, at any time prior to the expiration of the period for service of a Stop Notice, there is served
upon the OWNER a Stop Notice as provided in Sections 3179 through 3210 of the Civil Code of the State
of California, the OWNER shall, until the discharge thereof, withhold from the moneys under its control so
much of said moneys due or to become due the CONTRACTOR under this Contract as shall be sufficient
to answer the claim stated in such stop notice and to provide for the reasonable cost of any litigation
thereunder, provided, that if the ENGINEER shall, in its discretion, permit the CONTRACTOR to file with
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
PADWR0i134-05290-100061DocalSpecsIGWRPphase1121 a Conditions of Contract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 52
the OWNER the bond referred to in Section 3196 of the Civil Code of the State of California, said
moneys shall not thereafter be withheld on account of such Stop Notice.
17.08 Concrete Forms,. Falsework, and Shoring: The CONTRACTOR shall comply fully with the
requirements of Section 1717 of the Construction Safety Orders, State of California, Department of
Industrial Relations, regarding the design of concrete forms, falsework and shoring, and the inspection of
same prior to placement of concrete. Where the said Section 1717 requires the services of a civil.
ENGINEER registered in the State of California to approve design calculations and working drawings of
the falsework . or shoring system, or to inspect such system prior to placement of concrete, the
CONTRACTOR shall employ a registered civil ENGINEER for these purposes, and all costs therefor shall
be included in the price named in the Contract for completion of the Work as set forth in the Contract
Documents.
17.09 Retainage From Monthly Payments:
A Pursuant to Section 22300 of the California Public Contract Code, the CONTRACTOR may
substitute securities for any money withheld. by the OWNER to insure performance under the Contract. At
the request and expense. of the CONTRACTOR, securities equivalent to the amount withheld shall be
deposited with the OWNER or with a. state or federally chartered bank as the escrow agent, who shall
return such securities to the CONTRACTOR upon satisfactory completion of the Contract. Deposit of
securities with an escrow agent shall be subject to a written agreement for in -lieu construction payment
retention provided by the. OWNER between the escrow agent and the OWNER which provides that no
portion of the securities shall be paid to the CONTRACTOR until the OWNER has certified to the.escrow
agent, in writing, that the Contract has been satisfactorily completed. The OWNER will not certify that the
Contract has been satisfactorily completed until at least 30 days after filing by the OWNER of a Notice of
Completion. Securities eligible for investment under Public Contract Code Section 22300 shall be limited
to those listed in Section 16430 of the Government Code and to bank or savings and loan certificates of
deposit.
17.10 Public Works Contracts; Assignment to Awarding Body:
A In accordance with Section 7103.5 of the California Public Contract Code (Stats. of 1990), the
CONTRACTOR and Subcontractors shall conform to the following requirements. In entering into a public
works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works
contract, the CONTRACTOR or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights,
title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C.
Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 16700) of Part 2 Division 7 of
the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to
the public works contract or the subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the
time the awarding body tenders final payment to the CONTRACTOR, without further acknowledgment by
the parties:
17.11 Payroll Records; Retention; Inspection; Noncompliance Penalties; Rules and Regulations:
A Each CONTRACTOR and subcontractor shall keep an accurate payroll record, showing the
name, address, social security number, work classification, straight time and overtime hours worked each
day and week, 'and the actual per diem wages paid to each journeyman, apprentice, worker, or other
employee employed by him or her in connection with the public work.
B The payroll records enumerated under Article 17.11A shall be certified and shall be available for
inspection at all reasonable hours at the principal office of the CONTRACTOR on the following basis:
1. A certified copy of an employee's payroll record shall be made available for inspection or
furnished to the employee or his or her authorized representative on request.
A certified copy of all payroll records enumerated in Article 17.11A, herein, shall be made
available for inspection or furnished upon request to a representative of the body awarding the
contract, the Division of Labor Standards enforcement, and the Division of Apprenticeship
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
R%0929M134-09290-10006lDocslSpecs�GVVRPpnase1k21 a Condit€ons ofConlract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — MAGE 53
Standards of the Department of Industrial Relations.
3. A certified copy of all payroll records enumerated in Article 17.11A, herein, shall be made
available upon request by the public for inspection or copies thereof made; provided, however,
that a request by the public shall be made through either the body awarding the contract, the
Division of Apprenticeship Standards, or the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement. If the
requested payroll records have not been provided pursuant to Articles 17.11B(2), herein, the
requesting party shall, prior to being provided the records, reimburse the costs of preparation by
the CONTRACTOR, subcontractors, and the entity through which the request was made. The
public shall not be given access to the records at the principal office of the CONTRACTOR.
C Each CONTRACTOR shall file a certified copy of the records, enumerated in Article 17.11A,
herein, with the entity that requested the records within 10 days after receipt of a written request.
D Any copy of records made available for inspection as copies and furnished upon request to the
public or any public agency by the awarding body, the Division of Apprenticeship Standards, or the
Division of Labor Standards Enforcement shall be marked or obliterated in such a manner as to prevent
disclosure of an individual's name, address, and social security number. The. name and address of the
CONTRACTOR awarded the contract or performing the contract shall not be marked or obliterated.
E The CONTRACTOR shall inform the body awarding the contract of the location of the records
enumerated under Article 17.11A, herein, including the street address, OWNER and county, and shall,
within 5 working days, provide a notice of a change of location and address.
F In the event of noncompliance with the requirements of this Section, the CONTRACTOR shall
have 10 days in which to comply subsequent to receipt of written notice specifying in what respects the
CONTRACTOR must comply with this Section. Should noncompliance still be evident after the 10 -day
period; the CONTRACTOR shall, as a penalty to the state or political subdivision on whose behalf the
contract is made or awarded, forfeit 25 dollars for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker,
until strict compliance is effectuated. Upon the request of the Division of Apprenticeship Standards or the
Division of Labor Standards Enforcement, these penalties shall be withheld from progress payments then
due.
G Copy of all payrolls shall be submitted weekly to the ENGINEER. Payrolls shall contain the full
name, address and social security number of each employee, his or her correct classification, rate of pay,
daily and weekly number of hours worked, itemized deductions made and actual wages paid. They shall
also indicate. apprentices and. ratio of apprentices to journeymen. The employee's address and social
security number need only appear on the first payroll on which his name appears. The payroll shall be
accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance" signed by the employer or its agent indicating that the
payrolls are correct and complete and that the wage rates contained therein are not less than those
required by the contract. The "Statement of Compliance" shall be on forms furnished by the OWNER or
on any form with identical wording. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the submission of copies
of payrolls of all subcontractors.
H If by the 15th of the month, the CONTRACTOR has not submitted satisfactory payrolls for all
work performed during the monthly period ending on or before the 1st of that month, the OWNER will
retain an amount equal to 10 percent of the estimated value of the work performed during the month from
the next monthly estimate, except that such retention shall not exceed $10,000 nor be less than $1,000.
Retentions for failure to submit satisfactory payrolls shall be additional to all other retentions provided for
in the contract. The retention for failure to submit payrolls for any monthly period will be released for
payment on the monthly estimate for partial payments next following the date that all the satisfactory
payrolls for which the retention was made are submitted.
17.12 Cultural Resources:
The CONTRACTOR's attention is directed to the provisions of the Clean Water Grant Program Bulletin
76A which augments the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 (16 U.S.C. 470 as specified under
Section entitled, "Temporary Environmental Controls" of the General Requirements.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P;1092901134-09290-10006SDccslSpecsIGWRPphaxe1121 a Conditions ofContract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 54
17.13 Protection of Workers in Trench Excavations:
A As required by Section 6705 of the California Labor Code and in addition thereto, whenever work
under the Contract involves the excavation of any trench or trenches 5 feet or more in depth, the
CONTRACTOR shall submit for acceptance by the OWNER or by a registered civil or structural engineer,
employed by the OWNER, to whom authority to accept has been delegated, in advance of excavation, a
detailed plan showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for worker
protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation, of such trench or trenches. If such
plan varies from the shoring system standards established by the Construction Safety Orders of the
Division of Industrial Safety, the plan shall be prepared by a registered civil or structural engineer
employed by the CONTRACTOR, and all costs therefor shall be included in the price named in the
Contract for completion of the Work as set forth in the Contract Documents. Nothing in this Section shall
be deemed to allow the use of a shoring, sloping, or other .protective system less effective than that
required by the Construction Safety Orders. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to impose tort
liability on the OWNER, ENGINEER, or any of their officers, agents, representatives, or employees.
17.14 Travei and Subsistence Pay:
A As required by Section 1773.8 of the California Labor Cade the CONTRACTOR shall pay travel
and subsistence payments to each worker needed to execute the Work, as such travel and subsistence
payments are defined in the applicable collective bargaining agreements filed in accordance with this
Article.
To establish such travel and subsistence payments, the representative of any craft, classification
or type of workman needed to execute the contracts shall file with the Department of industrial Relations
fully executed copies of collective bargaining agreements for the particular craft, classification or type of
work involved. Such agreements shall be filed within 10 days after their execution and thereafter shall
establish such travel and subsistence payments whenever filed 30 days prior to the call for bids.
1.7.15 Removal, Relocation, or Protection of Existing Utilities:
A In accordance with the provisions of Section 4215 of the California Government Code, any
contract to which a public agency as defined in Section 44€31 is a party, the public agency shall assume
the responsibility, between the parties to the contract, for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of
existing main or trunkline utility facilities located on the site of any construction project that is a subject of
the contract, if such utilities are not identified by the public agency in the plans and specifications made
apart of the invitation for bids. The agency will compensate the CONTRACTOR for the costs of locating,
repairing damage not due to the failure of the CONTRACTOR to exercise reasonable care, and removing
or relocating such utility facilities not indicated in the plans and specifications with reasonable accuracy,
and for equipment on the project necessarily idled during such work.
S The CONTRACTOR shall not be assessed liquidated damages for delay in completion of the
project, when such delay was caused by the failure of the public agency or the OWNER of the utility to
provide for removal or relocation of such utility facilities.
C Nothing herein shall, be deemed to require the public agency to indicate the presence of existing
service laterals or appurtenances whenever the presence of such utilities on the site of the construction
project can be inferred from the presence of other visible facilities, such as buildings, meter and junction
boxes, on or adjacent to the site of the construction; provided, however, nothing herein shall relieve the
public agency from identifying main or trunk lines in the plans and specifications.
D If the CONTRACTOR while performing the contract discovers utility facilities not identified by the
public agency in the contract plans or specifications, he or she shall immediately notify the public agency
and utility in writing.
E The public utility, where they are the OWNER, shall have the sole discretion to perform repairs or
relocation work or permit the CONTRACTOR to do such repairs or relocation work at a reasonable price.
17.16 Contracts for Digging Trenches or Excavations; Notice on Discovery of Hazardous Waste or
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P;1092901134-09290-10006SDocslSpecslGVVRPphase1121a Conditions of Contract.dou GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 55
Other Unusual Conditions; Investigations; Change Orders; Effect on Contract.
A As required under Section 7104 of the Public Contracts Code (Stats. of 1990), in any public works
contract of a local public entity which involves digging trenches or other excavations that extend deeper
than four feet below the surface shall be subject to the following conditions. The CONTRACTOR shall
promptly, and before the conditions specified in Section 7104(a), therein, are disturbed, notify the public
entity in writing, of any of the conditions described in Section 7104(x)(1) through 7104(x)(3)..
* END OF GENERAL CONDITIONS *
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:I09290\334-09290-100061Docs\SpecsIGWRPphase3l21aConditions ofContract.docx GENERAL CONDITIONS — PAGE 56
CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
GENERAL
These Supplementary General Conditions make additions, deletions, or revisions to the General
Conditions, as indicated herein. All provisions which are not so added, deleted, or revised remain
in full force and effect. Terms used in these Supplementary General Conditions which are defined
in the General Conditions have the same meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions.
ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; INTENT, AMENDING, AND REUSE
3.01 Intent:
The following paragraph F shall be added to Article 3.01 of the General Conditions:
D The location of the Work, its general nature and extent, and the form and general
dimensions of the Project and appurtenant works are shown on the Drawings, hereby made a
part of these Contract Documents, as listed on the Drawings, entitled "GWRP EXPANSION —
PHASE 1 —RELOCATIONS AND PREPARATORY WORK" dated prior to the Effective Date
of the Agreement. Drawing changes made subsequent to the Effective Date of the Agreement
shall only be issued under a Change Order, as provided in Article 10 of the General
Conditions.
ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE
5.01 Performance, Payment, and other Bonds
The following paragraph D shall be added to Article 5.01 of the General Conditions:
D The Performance Bond shall be extended to cover the one-year correction and repair
period for correction or removal and replacement of defective work as provided under Article
13.07 of the General Conditions. Said Performance Bond shall be maintained at not less than
15 percent of the Contract Price during said one-year extension.
ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others.
Add the following paragraph H to Article 6.06 of the General Conditions:
H In addition to other provisions of Article 6.06 of the General Conditions, the Contractor
shall perform not less than 20 percent of the Work included in the original Contract Price with
its own forces (i.e., without subcontracting), except that any designated "Specialty Items" may
be performed by subcontract and the amount of any such "Specialty Items" so performed may
be deducted from the original total Contract Price before computing the amount of work
required to be performed by the Contractor with its own forces. When items of work in the Bid
Schedule are preceded by the letter "S," such items are designated as "specialty Items."
Where an entire item is subcontracted, the value of the work subcontracted will be based upon
GWRP EXPANSION -- PHASE 1 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:1092903134-09290-10006VDocslSpeesIGWRPphase1123Supp GenCond.docx SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
PAGE 1
the contract item bid price. When a portion of an item is subcontracted, the value of the work
subcontracted will be the estimated percentage of the contract item bid price, determined from
the information submitted by the Contractor, subject to approval of the Engineer . The 20
percent requirement shall be understood to refer to the Work, the value of which totals not less
than the full Contract Price contract price.
6.08 Permits:
Add the following paragraphs B, C, and D to Article 6.08 of the General Conditions:
B Business License and Permits: All permits issued by the Owner shall be obtained by
the Contractor, but will be paid by the Owner; provided, that prior to beginning the Work
hereunder, the Contractor shall obtain and pay for a City of San Juan Capistrano business
license. Except as otherwise provided herein, all permits issued by other agencies and
authorities having jurisdiction shall be obtained and paid for by the Contractor.
C Building Permits: The Contractor shall obtain all licenses and shall assist in obtaining
permits required to perform the Work of this project. The general Building Permit and Plan
Check Fee will be paid for by the Owner. Other permit fees, including encroachment fees and
electrical, mechanical, and plumbing permit fees will be paid directly by the Owner. No
separate payment therefor will be allowed under the Contract for any of the permits or fees
under this Article.
D Utility Fees: Utility connection fees, lateral fees, utility structure changes and tariffs,
inspection fees, and similar utility -related fees will be paid for directly by the City. Annexation
fees, flood control fees, pollution district fees, and similar fees will also be paid by the Owner.
No separate payment therefor will be allowed under the Contract for any of the fees under this
Article.
ARTICLE 11 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION; CHANGE OF
CONTRACT PRICE
11.04 Cost of Work (Based on Time, Materials, and Equipment and Contractor's
Overhead and Profit).
Add the following wording to the end of Article 11.04, paragraph D of the General Conditions:
Whenever under the terms of this Contract the Contractor is entitled to additional payment for
the use of rental equipment, the Contractor will be paid for the use of the Equipment at the
rental rate listed for such equipment specified in the current edition of the following reference
publication:
"Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates" as published by the State of California,
Department of Transportation, Sacramento, CA.
ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL, OR ACCEPTANCE
OF DEFECTIVE WORK
13.03 Tests and Inspections:
GWRP EXPANSION - PHASE 1 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:1092901134-09290-100061DocslSpecsIGWRPphasel%236uppGenCond.docx SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
PAGE 2
Add the following paragraph G to Article 13.03 of the General Conditions:
G All Special Inspections required under the provisions of the Building Code will be
provided and paid for by the Owner.
ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO THE CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION
14.02 Progress Payments:
Subparagraph 14.02A.3 of the General Conditions shall be changed to read as follows:
The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments shall be as follows: the Owner
may retain a portion of the amount of each progress payment otherwise due to the
Contractor, as follows:
The Owner will retain 10 percent of each approved progress payment until the
Work is 50 percent complete; then, the Owner may at its option suspend
further retainage until the final progress payment.
The Owner reserves the right to reinstate up to 10 percent retainage of the total of
the Work done if the Owner determines, at its discretion, that the Contractor is
not performing the Work satisfactorily, or there is other specific cause for such
retainage.
Add the following paragraph E to Article 14.02 as follows:
E For all long lead purchases of specially fabricated materials or equipment that has
been delivered to the site and safely and securely stored in accordance with the requirements
of Section entitled, "Materials and Equipment," the Owner will pay 50 percent of the Supplier's
invoice price to the Contractor; provided, that no payment will be made for any materials,
equipment, or components thereof, whose value is less than $5000 dollars.
* END OF SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS *
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
P:5092901134-09290-100065Docs15pecaIGWRPphasei123 Supp Gen cond.dacx SUPPLEMENTAL. CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
PAGE 3
CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO
PART III - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
GWRP EXPANSION - PHASE 1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
P:109290t134-09290-100061DocslSpecsSGWRPphase1124-Part Ili -Tech Specs.docx
SECTION 02646 - PVC PRESSURE PIPE
PAR,r 1. - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install 8 inch to 16 -inch polyvinyl chloride {PVC) C900 and
C905, pressure pipeline, complete in place, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract
Documents,
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Section 15000 Piping, General.
B. Commercial Standards:
1. ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.5
2. ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10
3. ANSI/AWWA CIII/A21.11
4. ANSI/AWWA C600
5. ANSI/AWWA C900
6. ASTM D2584
7. PPI Technical Report TR. 314
8. AWWA Manual M23
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
Cement Mortar Lining for Ductile Iron
Pipe and Fittings for Water
Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings 3 in.
"Through 48 in for Water and Other Liquids
Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron and
Gray Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings
Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains
and Appurtenances
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe 4
in Through 12 in for Water
Test Method for Ignition Loss of Cured
Reinforced Resins
Policies and Procedures for Developing
Recommended Hydrostatic Design Stresses
for Thermoplastic Pipe Materials
PVC Pipe - Design and Installation
A. Shop Drawings: The CONTRACTOR shall submit shop drawings of pipe, fittings, and
appurtenances.
B. Certifications: The CONTRACTOR shall verify compliance for all pipe and other products
or materials furnished under this Section of the Specifications, as specified in the referenced
standards and the following supplemental requirements:
I . Hydrostatic proof test reports.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 PVC PRESSURE PIPE
P:509290113409290-100061DocslSpecs\GVJRPphase1526 02646 PVC Pressure Pipe.doc 02646-1
2. Sustained pressure test reports.
3. Burst strength test reports.
1.4 QUALI'T'Y ASSURANCE
A. Inspection: All pipe shall be subject to inspection at the place of manufacture in accordance
with the provisions of the referenced standards as supplemented by the requirements herein.
The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER in writing of the manufacturing starting
date not less than 14 calendar days prior to the start of any phase of the pipe manufacture.
B. During the manufacture of the pipe, the ENGINEER shall be given access to all areas where
manufacturing is in process and shall be permitted to make all inspections necessary to
confirm compliance with the Specifications.
C. Tests: Except as modified herein, all materials used in the manufacture of the pipe shall be
tested in accordance with the requirements of this Section of the Specifications, as specified in
the referenced standards, as applicable.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall perform said material tests in accordance with the requirements of
the Contract Documents. The ENGINEER shall have the right to witness all testing
conducted by the CONTRACTOR; provided, that the CONTRACTOR'S schedule is not
delayed for the convenience of the ENGINEER.
E. In addition to those tests specifically required, the ENGINEER. may request additional
samples of any material for testing by the OWNER. The additional samples shall be
furnished at no additional cost to the OWNER.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
PVC pressure pipe shall conform to the applicable requirements of ANSI/AW WA C900 and subject to
additional requirements specified herein.
2.2 PIPE DESIGN CRITERIA
A. General: PVC pressure pipe shall be designed in accordance with the requirements of
Appendix A of ANSIJAWWA C900, as applicable, and the supplemental requirements
specified in this Section.
B. Pipe Wall Thickness for Internal Pressure: The pipe shall be designed with a minimum
thickness (t) or dimension ratio (DR) in accordance with paragraph A.3 of the above
referenced Appendix A.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 'I PVC PRESSURE PIPE
P:10929€l1134-09290-1000BIBocslSpecslGW RPphase1125 02646 PVC Pressure Pipe.doc 02646-2
C. Determination of External Loads: In lieu of the equations specified in paragraph AA of the
above referenced Appendix A, the dead (earth) loads shall be computed using the following 2
equations for trench or embankment conditions as applicable:
Trench Condition:
Wd = CdwBd2
Where: Wd — Earth load in pounds per linear foot
C,j Calculation coefficient
Ku' — 0.13
w = 120lb1�ft3
Bd — Trench width at top of pipe, feet
2. Positive Projecting Embankment Condition:
W, = C,wB,'
Where: We — Earth load in pounds per linear foot
C, — Calculation coefficient (based on r,dP of 0.75)
Ku 0.19
W — 120 lb/ftp
B, — Outside diameter of pipe, feet
D. Similarly, in lieu of the method specified in paragraph A.4, the truck live loads shall be
determined using the method recommended by AASHTO in "Standard Specifications for
Highway Bridges." For depths of cover less than 10 feet HS -20 live loads shall be added to
the earth loads to determine the total load. For depths of cover 3 feet or less, HS -20 live load
plus impact shall be included.
E. Deflection Control: With reference to paragraph A.5, the deflection of the pipe after
installation shall not exceed 0.03 times the outside diameter. If the calculated deflection
exceeds 0.03 times the outside diameter the pipe class shall be increased or the quality of the
pipe zone backfill shall be improved to achieve a higher modulus of soil reaction, E'. For
purposes of calculation, values of E' shall be 1100 psi at 90 percent Standard Proctor; 1500
psi at 95 percent Standard Proctor•, and 2500 psi at 100 percent Standard Proctor. Similarly,
the deflection lag factor shall be 1.5.
2.3 PIPE
A. The pipe shall be of the diameter and pressure class specified or shown, shall be furnished
complete with rubber gaskets, and all specials and fittings shall be provided as required in the
Contract Documents, The dimensions and pressure classes for Dimension Ratios for large
PVC pressure pipe with Cast Iron Pipe Equivalent O.D.'s shall conform to the requirements of
AW WA C900.
B. Additives and Fillers: Unless otherwise provided in alternate qualification procedures ofPPI-
TR3, compounds which have a Hydrostatic Design Basis (HDB) of 4000 psi at 73.4 degrees F
for water shall not contain additives and fillers that exceed the recommended values in Table
1, Part Y of PPI-TR3 (e.g., allowable content range for calcium carbonate is 0.0-5.0 parts per
hundred of resin). If requested by the ENGINEER, the additive and filler content shall be
determined using the pyrolysis method as specified in ASTM D 2584,
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 PVC PRESSURE PIPE
PA092901134-09290-100061DocslSpecsIGWRPphase1125 02646 PVC Pressure Pipe.doc 02646-3
C. Joints: All joints for the buried PVC pipe shall be either an integral bell manufactured on the
pipe or a separate coupling both employing a rubber ring joint. The bell and coupling shall be
the same thickness as of the pipe barrel, or greater thickness. The sealing ring groove in the
coupling shall be of the same design as the groove in cast iron fittings and valves available
from local water works supply distributors. Where shown, restrained joint pipe shall be
ductile iron pipe. No restrained joint PVC pipe will be allowed.
D. Joint Deflection: Deflection at the joint shall not exceed 1.5 degrees or the maximum
deflection recommended by the manufacturer. No defection of the joint shall be allowed for
joints which are over belled or not belled to the stop mark,
2.4 FITTINGS
A. Fittings shall be full-body ductile iron and shall conform to the requirements of AWWA
CI`10, Min Class 150. PVC pipe fittings shall be mechanical joint.
B. All fittings shall be lined and coated in accordance with the requirements of Section 09800,
"Protective Coating."
C. Each fitting shall be clearly labeled to identify its size and pressure class.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. All laying, jointing, testing for defects and for leakage shall be performed in the presence of
the ENGINEER, and shall be subject to his approval before acceptance. All material found
during the progress to have defects will be rejected and the CONTRACTOR shall promptly
remove such defective materials from the site of the work.
B. Installation shall conform to the requirements of AWWA M23, instructions furnished by the
pipe manufacturer, and to the supplementary requirements or modifications specified herein.
Wherever the provisions of this Section and the aforementioned requirements are in conflict,
the more stringent provision shall apply.
3.2 HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Handling: Pipe, fittings and accessories shall be carefully inspected before and after
installation and those found defective shall be rejected. Pipe and fittings shall be free from
fins and burrs. Before being placed in position, pipe, fittings, and accessories shall be
cleaned, and shall be maintained in a clean condition. Proper facilities shall be provided for
lowering sections of pipe into trenches. Under no circumstances shall pipe, fittings or any
other material be dropped or dumped into trenches.
B. Storage: Pipe should be stored, if possible, at the job site in unit packages provided by the
manufacturer. Caution should be exercised to avoid compression damage or deformation to
bell ends of the pipe. Pipe should be stored in such a way as to prevent sagging or bending
and protected from exposure to direct sunlight by covering with an opaque material while
permitting adequate air circulation above and around the pipe. Gaskets should be stored in a
cool, dark place out of the direct rays of the run, preferably in original cartons.
GWRP EXPANSION --- PHASE 1 PVC PRESSURE PIPE
P:1,0132901134-09290-100061Docs15pecs5GW RPphase1125 02648 PVC Pressure Pipe.doc 02646-4
3.3 TRENCHING AND BACKFILL
Trench excavation and backfill shall conform to the requirements specified on the Drawings.
3.4 INSTALLATION
A. bell and spigot pipe shall be laid with the bell end pointing in the direction of laying. Pipe
shall be graded in straight lines, taping care to avoid the formation of any dips or low points.
Pipe shall not be laid when the conditions of trench or weather are unsuitable. At the end of
each day's work, open ends of pipe shall be closed temporarily with wood blocks or
bulkheads.
B. Pipe shall be supported at its proper elevation and grade, care being taken to secure firm and
uniform support. Wood support blocking will not be permitted. The full length of each
section of pipe and fittings shall rest solidly on the pipe bed, with recessed excavation to
accommodate bells, joints and couplings. Anchors and supports shall be provided where
necessary and where indicated on the drawings for fastening work into place. Fittings shall be
independently supported.
C. Short lengths of pipe shall be used in and out of each rigid joint or rigid structure. Piping that
does not allow sufficient space for proper installation of jointing material shall be replaced by
one of proper dimensions. Blocking or wedging between bells and spigots will not be
permitted.
D. Joints shall be installed according to manufacturer's recommendations. Trenches shall be kept
free of water until joints have been properly made. The maximum combined deflection at any
coupling shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
3.5 INSTALLATION OF COPPER WERE
Polyvinyl chloride pipelines shall be provided with No. 10 A. W.G. bare copper wire laid along the top
of the pipe and held in place with ties or hitches of the same kind of wire spaced not more than 1.3 feet
apart, or metallic locating tape laid along the centerline of the pipe trench at a depth of 18 inches
below finish grade. In such case, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish manufacturer's literature,
completely describing the tape proposed to be furnished. No tape shall be used prior to receipt of
written approval of the ENGINEER.
3.6 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING WATERLINES
The CONTRACTOR shall locate all underground improvements and install the pipelines to the depths
shown on the drawings. Where the new work is to be connected to existing pipelines, the
CONTRACTOR shall make its arrangements with the serving utility well in advance of the
connections, to allow adequate time for dewatering of the existing line, if necessary, and shall expedite
the work to minimize water outages to the users. Where sections of existing distribution mains are
taken permanently out of service and abandoned in place, the cut ends shall be plugged solid with.
concrete to a depth of not less than one pipe diameter.
END OF SECTION
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 PVC PRESSURE PIPE
R%092901134-09290-40006IDocsSSpecs\GWRPphasel125 02646 PVC Pressure Pipe.doc 02646-5
SECTION 02650 - STEEL PIPE
PART I - GENERAL
Li DESCRIPTION
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install mortar -lined and mortar -coated steel pipeline, complete
in place, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
1..2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Section 15000 Piping, General
B. Commercial Standards:
ANSI/ASTM A 139 Specification for Electric -Fusion (Arc) -Welded Steel Pipe (Sizes 4
in and Over).
ANSPASTM. E 165
Methods for Liquid Penetrant Inspection.
ANSI/AWWA C200
Steel Water Pipe 6 In and Larger.
ANSI/AWWA C205
Cement -Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe -
4 in and Larger- Shop Applied
ANSUAWWA C206
Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe.
ANSI/AWWA C208
Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings.
ANSI/AWWA C602
Cement -Mortar Lining of Water Pipelines 4 In (100 mm) and Larger
In Place.
ASTM A 36 Specification for Structural Steel.
ASTM A 283 Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon
Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars.
ASTM A 570 Specification for Hot Rolled Carbon Steel. Sheet and Strip,
Structural Quality.
ASTM A 572 Specification for High Strength Low Alloy Columbium Vanadium
Steels of Structural Quality.
ASTM C 150 Specification for Portland Cement.
AWWA M-11 Steel Water Pipe - A Guide for Design and Installation.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 STEEL PIPE
P:109290%134-09290-100061Docs}Specs\GWRPphase1129 02660 Steel Pipe.dac 02650-1
1.3 - CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: The CONTRACTOR shall submit shop drawings of pipe and fittings in
accordance with the following supplemental requirements as applicable:
Joint and pipe/fitting wall construction details which indicate the type and thickness
of cylinder; the position, type, size, and area of reinforcement; manufacturing
tolerances; and all other pertinent information required for the manufacture of the
product.
Fittings and specials details such as elbows, wyes, tees, outlets, connections, test
bulkheads, and nozzles or other specials where shown which indicate amount and
position of all reinforcement. All fittings and specials shall be properly reinforced to
withstand the internal pressure, both circumferential and longitudinal, and the
external loading conditions as indicated in the Contract Documents.
Design calculations of each critical section of pipe wall, girth joints, and specials all
sufficient to ascertain conformance of pipe and fittings with the Specifications.
Material lists and steel reinforcement schedules which include and describe all
materials to be utilized.
Line layout and marking diagrams which indicate the specific number of each pipe
and fitting and the location of each pipe and the direction of each fitting in the
completed line. In addition, the line layouts shall include: the pipe station and invert
elevation at all. changes in grade or horizontal alignment; the station and invert
elevation to which the bell end of each pipe will be laid; all elements of curves and
bends, both in horizontal and vertical alignment; and the limits of each reach of
restrained and/or welded joints, or of concrete encasement.
Full and complete information regarding location, type, size, and extent of all welds
shall be shown on the shop drawings. The shop drawings shall distinguish between
shop and field welds. Shop drawings shall indicate by welding symbols or sketches
the details of the welded joints, and the preparation of parent metal required to make
them. Joints or groups of joints in which welding sequence or technique are
especially important shall be carefully controlled to minimize shrinkage stresses and
distortion.
B. Certifications: The CONTRACTOR shall verify compliance for all pipe and other products
or materials furnished under this Section of the Specifications, as specified in ANSI/AWWA
0200 and C205, respectively, and the following supplemental requirements:
I . Physical and chemical properties of all steel,
2. Hydrostatic test reports.
3. Results of production weld tests.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Inspection: All pipe shall be subject to inspection at the place of manufacture in accordance
with the provisions of ANSI/AWWA C200 and C205, respectively, as supplemented by the
requirements herein. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER in writing of the
GWRP EXPANSION — PRASE 1 STEEL PIPE
P:1092901134-09290-10006iDocs%Specs4GWRPphase1425 02650 Steel Rpe.doc 02650-2
manufacturing starting date not less than 14 calendar days prior to the start of any phase of the
pipe manufacture.
B. Tests: Except as modified herein, all materials used in the manufacture of the pipe shall be
tested in accordance with the requirements of ANSIIAWWA C200 and 0205, as applicable.
Alter the joint configuration is completed and prior to lining with cement -mortar,
each length of pipe of each diameter and pressure class shall be shop -tested and
certified to a pressure of at least 80 percent of the yield strength of the pipe steel.
2. In addition to the tests required in ANSI/AWWA 0200, weld tests shall be conducted
on each 5,000 feet of production welds and at any other times there is a change in the
grade of steel, welding procedure, or welding equipment.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall perform said material tests when requested by the ENGINEER.
The ENGINEER shall have the right to witness all testing conducted by the CONTRACTOR;
provided that the CONTRACTOR'S schedule is .not delayed for the convenience of the
ENGINEER.
D. In addition to those tests specifically required, the ENGINEER may request additional
samples of any material including mixed concrete and lining and coating samples for testing
by the OWNER.
E. Welding Requirements: All welding procedures used to fabricate pipe shall be prequalified
under the provisions of AN D 1.1. Welding procedures shall be required for, but not
necessarily limited to, longitudinal and girth or spiral welds for pipe cylinders, spigot and bell
ring attachments, reinforcing plates and ring flange welds, and plates for lug connections.
F. Welder Qualifications: All welding shall be done by skilled welders, welding operators, and
tackers who have had adequate experience in the methods and materials to be used. Welders
shall be qualified under the provisions of ANSI/AWS D1.1 by an independent local, approved
testing agency not more than 6 months prior to commencing work on the pipeline. Machines
and electrodes similar to those used in the WORK shall be used in qualification tests. The
CONTRACTOR shall furnish all material and bear the expense of qualifying welders.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Mortar lined and mortar -coated steel pipe shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C200 and C205,
subject to the following supplemental requirements. The pipe shall be of the diameter and
class shown, shall be furnished complete with rubber gaskets or welded joints, as indicated in
the Contract Documents, and all specials and bends shall be provided as required under the
Contract Documents. Pipe may be furnished in standard outside diameters.
B. Markings: The CONTRACTOR shall legibly mark all pipes and specials in accordance with
the laying schedule and marking diagram. Each pipe shall be numbered in sequence and said
number shall appear on the laying schedule and marking diagram in its proper location for
installation. All special pipe sections and fittings shall be marked at each end with top field
centerline.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 STEEL PIPE
P:109290V134-09290-100€16RDOCB\SpecsIGWRPpftase1125 02650 Steel Pipe.dac 02650-3
C. Handling and ,Storage: The pipe shall be handled by use of wide slings, padded cradles, or
other devices, acceptable to the ENGINEER, designed and constructed to prevent damage to
the pipe coating/exterior. The use of chains, hooks, or other equipment which might injure
the pipe coating/exterior will not be permitted. Stockpiled pipe shall be suitably supported
and shall be secured to prevent accidental rolling. All other pipe handling equipment and
methods shall be acceptable to the ENGINEER.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall be fully liable for the cost of replacement or repair of pipe which
is damaged.
E. Stockpiled pipe shall be supported on sand or earth berms free of rock exceeding 3 inches in
diameter. The pipe shall not be rolled and shall be secured to prevent accidental rolling.
F. Strutting: Adequate strutting shall be provided on all specials, fittings, and straight pipe so as
to avoid damage to the pipe and fittings during handling, storage, hauling, and installation.
For mortar -lined or mortar -coated steel pipe, the following requirements shall apply:
The strutting shall be placed as soon as practicable after the mortar lining has been
applied and shall remain in place while the pipe is loaded, transported, unloaded,
installed and backfilled at the jobsite.
2. The strutting materials, size and spacing shall be adequate to support the earth
backfill plus any greater loads which may be imposed by the backfilling and
compaction equipment.
Any pipe damaged during handling, hauling, storage, or installation due to improper
strutting shall be repaired or replaced.
4. The details of the strutting assembly shall be submitted for review by the
ENGINEER prior to the start of pipe manufacture.
G. Laying Lengths: Maximum pipe laying lengths shall be 40 ft with shorter lengths provided as
required by the Drawings.
H. Offset Tolerances: For pipe wall thicknesses of 3/8 inch or less, the maximum radial offset
(misalignment) for submerged arc and gas metal arc welded pipe shall be 0.1875 times the
pipe wall thickness or 1/16 inch, whichever is larger. For pipe wall thickness of greater than
318 inch, the maximum radial offset shall be 0.1875 times the wall thickness or 5/32 inch,
whichever is smaller.
1. Lining. The pipe lining shall have smooth dense interior surfaces and shall be free from
fractures, excessive interior surface crazing and roughness.
Bonding and Electrical Conductivity: All unwelded pipe joints shall be bonded for electrical
conductivity in accordance with the details shown.
K. Closures and Correction Pieces: Closures and correction pieces shall be provided as required
so that closures may be made due to different headings in the pipe laying operation and so that
correction may be made to adjust the pipe laying to conform to pipe stationing shown on the
Drawings. The locations of correction pieces and closure assemblies are shown on the
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 STEEL PIPE
P \09290\134-09290-100061DocstSpecslGWRPphasell25 €12650 Steel Pipe.doc 026550-4
Drawings. Any change in location or number of said items shall be acceptable to the
ENGINEER.
2.2 PIPE DESIGN CRITERIA
A. Cylinder ,thickness for Internal Pressure: For resistance to internal pressure, the thickness of
the steel cylinder shall not be less than the greater of that determined by the following 2
formulas:
T _ P D/2(21
Y/Sw
T = tom)
Y/S'
Where: T =
Steel Cylinder thickness in inches
D —
Outside diameter of steel cylinder in inches
P,,,
Design working pressure in psi
P, —
Design transient pressure in psi
Y —
Specified minimum yield point of steel in psi
S,,, —
Safety factor of 2.0 at design working pressure
S, =
Safety factor of 1.5 at design transient pressure
B. Unless otherwise specified, P,,, shall be assumed to equal the pipe class and P, shall be
assumed to equal 1.33 P,. In no case shall the design stress (Y/Su,) exceed 16,500 psi at
design working pressure, P,,,, nor shall the design stress (Y/S,) exceed 22,000 psi at design
transient pressure, P,, nor shall the steel shell thickness be less than [No. 10 gage (0.135 in.)]
or the nominal pipe diameter divided by 240, whichever is greater, as shown in the following
table:
Nominal Pipe Minimum Cylinder
Diameter in) Thickness (in)
6 0.1875
8 0.1875
12 0.1875
14 0.1875
Nominal Pipe Minimum Cylinder
Diameter (inj Thickness (in)
16
0.1875
18
0.1875
20
0.1875
24
0.1875
C. Cylinder Thickness for External Load: Upon determination of cylinder thickness, for internal
pressure, deflection of the pipe shall be checked by the following formula:
DKWr'
Deft, = EI + 0.0614 E`r3
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 STEEL PIPE
P:\09290\134-09290-10006lDacs\SpecslGWRPphasel125 02650 Sled Pipe.doc 026550-5
Where: Defl,t = Vertical deflection of pipe in inches, not to exceed 0.015
times the nominal diameter.
D — Deflection lag factor 1.25
K — bedding constant 0.1
(1) W — Vertical load on pipe, lb/in
r — Mean radius of pipe shell, inches
(2) El — Pipe wall stiffness, lb in
E' — Modulus of soil reaction, lb/int[1100 for 90 percent
Standard Proctor; 1500 for 95 percent Standard Proctor;
2500 for 100 percent Standard Proctor, i.e., cement,
crushed rock]
D. Trench Condition:
Wd = CdwBd2
Where: Wd = Earth Load in pounds per linear foot
Cd — Calculation Coefficient
Ku' = 0.13
w — 120 lb/ft'
Bd — Trench width at top of pipe, feet
E. Positive Projecting Embankment Condition:
W, = CcwBe2
Where: W, = Earth Load in pounds per linear foot
C, = Calculation Coefficient (based on r,dP of 0.25)
Ku — 0.19
w — 1201b/ftp
B, — Outside diameter of pipe, feet
Note (2): Based on the sum of the pipe wall stiffnesses, El, mortar coating, and steel
cylinder assuming that it acts as a three part laminar ring which considers no bond
between the steel cylinder and the applied lining and coating. The term "pipe wail
stiffness" as used herein is defined as El, where "E" is the modulus of elasticity
(E=30,000,000 psi for steel and E=4,000,000 psi for mortar) and "l" is the transverse
moment of inertia per unit length of pipe wall, the factors in the foregoing expression
to be dimensionally compatible.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 STEED. PIPE
RM2W134-09290-10006SDocslSpees%GWRPphase1125 02650 Steel Pipe.doc 02650-6
F. If the calculated deflection, Defl,t, exceeds 0.015 times the nominal diameter, the composite
pipe section shall be thickened or the quality of pipe zone backfill shall be improved to
achieve a higher soil modulus (e.g., lean concrete, soil/sand cement, crushed rock).
G. Welding of Joint Rings to Resist Thrust: Where steel pipe with field -welded separate formed
joint rings are used for thrust restraint, the joint rings shall be welded to the cylinder with
double fillet welds.
2.3 MATERIALS
A. Cement: Cement for mortar shall conform to the requirements of ANSIIAWWA C205;
provided, that cement for mortar coating shall be Type V, and mortar lining shall be Type 11
or V. A fly ash or pozzolan shall not be used as a cement replacement.
B. Steel for Cylinders and Fittings: Pipe manufactured under ANSIIAWWA C200 shall be
fabricated from sheet conforming to the requirements of ASTM A 570, Grades 30, 33, 36 or
40, or from plate conforming to the requirements of ASTM A 36, A 283, Grades C or D, or A
572, Grade 42, or coil conforming to the requirements of ASTM A 139, Grades B or C. All
longitudinal and girth seams, whether straight or spiral, shall be butt welded using an
approved electric -fusion -weld process.
C. All steel used for the fabrication of pipe shall have a maximum carbon content of 0.25 percent
and shall have a minimum elongation of 22 percent in a 2 -inch gage length.
2.4 SPECIALS AND FITTINGS
Unless otherwise required under the requirements of the Contract Documents, all specials and fittings
shall conform to the dimensions of ANSI/AWWA C208.
2.5 DESIGN OF PIPE
A. General: The pipe furnished shall be steel pipe, mortar -lined and mortar -coated, with rubber
gasketed or field welded joints as shown. The pipe shall consist of a steel cylinder, either
shop -lined or lined -in-place with Portland cement -mortar with an exterior coating of cement -
mortar.
B. The pipe shall be designed, manufactured, tested, inspected, and marked according to
applicable requirements previously stated and except as hereinafter modified, shall conform. to
ANSI/AWWA C200.
C. Pipe Dimensions: The pipe shall be of the diameter and class shown. The minimum steel
cylinder thickness for each pipe size shall be as specified or shown.
D. Fitting Dimensions: The fittings shall be of the diameter and class shown.
E, Joint Design: The standard field joint for steel pipe shall be either a single -welded lap joint or
a rubber-gasketed joint for all pipe sizes up to and including 54 -inch diameter and shall be a
single welded lap joint for pipe sizes above 54 -inch diameter. Mechanically coupled, or
flanged joints shall be required where shown. Butt -strap joints shall be used only where
required for closures or where shown. The joints furnished shall have the same or higher
pressure rating as the abutting pipe.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 STEEL PIPE
P:10S2901134-09290-9000&DocsSSpecs\GWRPphaselE 25 02650 Steel Pipe Joe 02650-7
F. Lap joints prepared for field welding shall be in accordance with ANSIIAWWA C200. The
method used to form, shape and size bell ends shall be such that the physical properties ofthe
steel are not substantially altered. Unless otherwise approved by the ENGINEER, bell ends
shall be formed by an expanding press or by being moved axially over a die in such a manner
as to stretch the steel plate beyond its elastic limit to form a truly round bell of suitable
diameter and shape. Faying surfaces of the bell and spigot shall be essentially parallel, but in
no case shall the bell slope vary more than 2 degrees from the longitudinal axis of the pipe.
G. For bell and spigot ends with rubber gaskets, the clearance between the bells and spigots shall
be such that when combined with the gasket groove configuration and the gasket itself, will
provide watertight joints under all operating conditions when properly installed. The
CONTRACTOR shall require the pipe manufacturer to submit details complete with
significant dimensions and tolerances and also to submit performance data indicating that the
proposed joint has performed satisfactorily under similar conditions. In the absence of a
history of field performance, the results of a test program shall be submitted. Unless
otherwise approved by the ENGINEER, bell ends shall be formed by an expanding press or
by being moved axially over a die in such a manner as to stretch the steel plate beyond its
elastic limit to form a truly round bell of suitable diameter and shape. No process will be
permitted in which the bell is formed by rolling. Further, unless other approved by the
ENGINEER, spigot ends with rolled gasket grooves shall be formed using dies conforming to
the minimum radii specified in Appendix XI of ASTM A570 and the actual yield strength of
the steel used in the spigot rolling operation (i.e., yield strength values in mill certifications
and subsequent destructive test results) shall be limited to 42,000 psi.
H. Shop -applied interior linings and exterior coatings shall be held back. from the ends of the
pipe as shown or as otherwise acceptable to the ENGINEER.
I. Restrained Joints: Where shown restrained joints shall be field -welded joints. Designs shall
include considerations of stresses induced in the steel cylinder, the joint rings, and any field
welds caused by thrust at bulkheads, bends, reducers, and line valves resulting from the
design working pressure. For field welded joints, design stresses shall not exceed 50 percent
of the specified minimum yield strength of the grade of steel utilized, or 1.6,500 psi,
whichever is less, for the part being examined when longitudinal thrust is assumed to be
uniformly distributed around the circumference of the joint. At the CONTRACTOWs option,
the steel cylinder area may be progressively reduced from the point of maximum thrust to the
end of the restrained length. All joints to be held welded for thrust restraint shall have the
joint rings attached to the cylinder with double fillet welds.
2.6 CEMEN,r-MORTAR LINING
A. Cement -Mortar Lining for Shop Application: Except as otherwise provided herein, interior
surfaces of all steel pipe, fittings, and specials shall be cleaned and lined in the shop with
cement mortar lining applied centrifugally in conformity with ANSIIAWWA C205. During
the lining operation and thereafter, the pipe shall be maintained in a round condition by
suitable bracing or strutting. The lining machines shall be of a type that has been used
successfully for similar work and shall be approved by the ENGINEER. Every precaution
shall be taken to prevent damage to the lining. If lining is damaged or found faulty at delivery
site, the damaged or unsatisfactory portions shall be repaired or replaced with lining
conforming to these Specifications.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE I STEEL PIPE
P:109290134-09290-900065CJocs'SpeesIGWRPphasel 25 02650 Steel P§pe.doc 02650-8
B. The minimum lining thickness shall be as follows, with a tolerance of plus or minus
25 percent:
Nominal Pipe Lining Thickness
Diameter (in) (in)
4-12
5116
13— 16
318
17--24
112
> 24
314
C. The pipe shall be left bare where field joints occur as shown. Ends of the linings shall be left
square and uniform. Feathered or uneven edges will not be permitted.
D. Defective linings, as determined by the ENGINEER, shall be removed from the pipe wall and
shall be replaced to the full thickness required. Defective linings shall be cut back to a square
shoulder in order to avoid feather edged joints.
E. The progress of the application of mortar lining shall be regulated in order that all hand work,
including the repair of defective areas is cured in accordance with the provisions of
ANSI/AW WA C205. Cement -mortar for patching shall be the same materials as the mortar
for machine lining, except that a finer grading of sand and mortar richer in cement shall be
used when field inspection indicates that such mix will improve the finished lining of the
pipe.
F. Protection of Pipe Liming/Interior: For all pipe and fittings with plant applied or eertaet-
mortar linings, the CONTRACTOR shall provide a polyethylene or other suitable bulkhead
on the ends of the pipe and on all special openings to prevent drying out of the lining. All
bulkheads shall be substantial enough to remain intact during shipping and storage until the
pipe is installed.
2.7 EXTERIOR COATING OF PIPE
A. Exterior Coating of Exposed Piping: The exterior surfaces of pipe which will be exposed to
the atmosphere inside structures or above ground shall be thoroughly cleaned and then given a
shop coat of rust inhibitive primer.
B. Exterior Coating of Buried Piping: All pipe for buried service, including bumped heads, shall
be coated with a 1 inch minimum thickness of reinforced cement mortar coating. Unless
otherwise shown on the Drawings, exterior surfaces of pipe or fittings passing through
structure walls shall be cement -mortar coated from the center of the wall or from the wall
flange to the end of the underground portion of pipe or fitting. The coating shall be
reinforced with a spiral wire reinforcement or welded wire fabric in accordance with
ANSI/AWWA C205. The welded wire fabric shall be securely fastened to the pipe with
welded clips or strips of steel. The wire spaced 2 inches on centers shall extend
circumferentially around the pipe. The ends of reinforcement strips shall be lapped 4 inches
and the free ends tied or looped to assure continuity of the reinforcement.
Pipe appurtenances shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 15000, "Piping, General."
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 'I STEEL PIPE
P:109290\134-09290-10006\DocslSpecs\GWRPphase112502650 Steel PipeAoc 02650-9
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTAIILATION OF PIPE
A. Handling and Storage: All pipe, fittings, etc., shall be carefully handled and protected against
damage to lining and coating/interior and exterior surfaces, impact shocks, and free fall. All
pipe handling equipment shall be acceptable to the ENGINEER. Pipe shall not be placed
directly on rough ground but shall be supported in a manner which will protect the pipe
against injury whenever stored at the trench site or elsewhere. Pipe shall be handled and
stored at the trench site in accordance with the requirements stated in Part 2, herein. No pipe
shall be installed when the lining or coating/interior or exterior surfaces show cracks that may
be harmful as determined by the ENGINEER Such damaged lining and coating/interior and
exterior surfaces, shall be repaired, or a new undamaged pipe shall be furnished and installed.
B. All pipe damaged prior to Substantial Completion shall be repaired or replaced by the
CONTRACTOR.
C. The CONTRACTOR, shall inspect each pipe and fitting to insure that there are no damaged
portions of the pipe. The CONTRACTOR shall remove or smooth out any burrs, gouges,
weld splatter or other small defects prior to laying the pipe.
D, Before placement of pipe in the trench, each pipe or fitting shall be thoroughly cleaned of any
foreign substance, which may have collected thereon and shall be kept clean at all times
thereafter. For this purpose, the openings of all pipes and fittings in the trench shall be closed
during any interruption to the WORK.
E. Pipe Laying: When the pipe is being laid, it shall be turned and placed where possible, so that
any slightly damaged portion will be on top. The damaged area shall be repaired for the
protection of any exposed steel. All damaged areas shall be repaired using materials and
methods acceptable to the ENGINEER.
P. Pipe shall be laid directly on the bedding material. No blocking will be permitted, and the
bedding shall be such that it forms a continuous, solid bearing for the full length of the pipe.
Excavations shall be made as needed to facilitate removal of handling devices after the pipe is
laid. Bell holes shall be formed at the ends of the pipe to prevent point loading at the bells or
couplings. Excavation shall be made as needed outside the normal trench section at field
joints to permit adequate access to the joints for field connection operations and for
application of coating on field joints.
G. Each section of pipe shall be laid in the order and position shown on the laying schedule. In
laying pipe, it shall be laid to the setline and grade, within approximately l inch plus or
minus. On grades of zero slope, the intent is to lay to grade.
H. Where necessary to raise or lower the pipe due to unforeseen obstructions or other causes, the
ENGINEER may change the alignment and/or the grades. Such change shall be made by the
deflection of j oints, by the use of bevel adapters, or by the use of additional fittings. However,
in no case shall the deflection in the joint exceed the maximum deflection recommended by
the pipe manufacturer. No joint shall be misfit any amount which will be detrimental to the
strength and water tightness of the finished joint. In all cases the joint opening, before
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 STEEL. PIPE
P:S092901134-09290-10001 i1DocslSpecsIGWRPphase1i25 02650 Steel PipeAoc 02650-10
finishing with the protective mortar inside the pipe, [or prior to applying in place mortar
liming,] shall be the controlling factor.
Except for short runs which may be permitted by the ENGINEER, pipes shall be laid uphill
on grades exceeding 10 percent. Pipe which is laid on a downhill grade shall be blocked and
held in place until sufficient support is furnished by the following pipe to prevent movement.
All bends shall be properly installed as shown.
J. Pipe struts shall be left in place until backfilling operations have been completed for pipe 42
inches in diameter and larger. Struts in pipe smaller than 42 inches may be removed
immediately after laying, provided, that the deflection of the pipe during and after backfilling
does not exceed that specified. After the backfill has been placed, the struts shall be removed
and shall remain the property of the CONTRACTOR.
K. Cold Weather Protection: No pipe shall be installed upon a foundation into which frost has
penetrated or at any time that there is a danger of the formation of ice or penetration of frost at
the bottom of the excavation. No pipe shall be laid unless it can be established that the trench
will be backfilled before the formation of ice and frost occurs.
L. Pipe and Specials Protection: The openings of all pipe and specials where the pipe and
specials have been cement -mortar lined in the shop shall be protected with suitable bulkheads
to maintain a moist atmosphere and to prevent unauthorized access by persons, animals, water
or any undesirable substance. The bulkheads shall be so designed to prevent drying out of the
interior of the pipe. The CONTRACTOR shall introduce water into the pipe to keep the
mortar moist where moisture has been lost due to damaged bulkheads. At all times, means
shall be provided to prevent the pipe from floating.
M. Pipe Cleanup: As pipe laying progresses, the CONTRACTOR. shall keep the pipe interior
free of all debris. The CONTRACTOR shall completely clean the interior of the pipe of all
sand, dirt, mortar splatter and any other debris following completion of pipe laying, pointing
of joints and any necessary interior repairs prior to testing and disinfecting the completed
pipeline.
3.2 RUBBER GASKETED JOINTS
Rubber Gasketed Joints: Immediately before jointing pipe, the spigot end of the pipe shall be
thoroughly cleaned, and a clean rubber gasket lubricated with an approved vegetable based lubricant
shall be placed in the spigot groove. The volume of the gasket shall be "equalized" by shoving a metal
rod between the gasket and the spigot ring around the full circumference of the spigot ring. The bell of
the pipe already in place shall be carefully cleaned and lubricated with a vegetable-based lubricant.
The spigot of the pipe section shall then be inserted into the bell of the previously laid joint and
telescoped into its proper position. Tilting of the pipe to insert the spigot into the bell will not be
permitted. After the pipe units have been joined, a feeler gage shall be inserted into the recess and
moved around the periphery of the joint to detect any irregularity in the position of the rubber gasket.
If the gasket cannot be "felt" all around, the joint shall be disassembled. If the gasket is undamaged,
as determined by the ENGINEER, it may be reused, but only after the bell ring and gasket have been
relubricated.
3.3 WELDED JOINTS
A. General: Field welded joints shall be in accordance with ANSPAWWA C206.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 STEEL PIPE
P_1092901184-09290-100085DocslSpecslGWRPphase1125 02650 Steel Pipe.doc 02650-11
B. Where exterior welds are performed, adequate space shall be provided for welding and
inspection of the joints.
C. During installation of welded steel pipe in either straight alignment or on curves, the pipe
shall be laid so that at any point around the circumference of the joint there is a minimum lap
of 112 inch and a minimum space of 314 inch plus the thickness of the steel pipe wall between
the spigot end of the pipe and the nearest tangent to a bell radius.
D. Butt straps, where used or required, shall be a minimum of 6 inches wide, the same thickness
as the pipe wall and shall provide for a.minimum of 314 inch lap at each pipe joint.
E. After the pipe and pipe joint are properly positioned in the trench, the length of pipe between
joints shall be backfilled to at least one foot above the top of the pipe. Care shall be exercised
during the initial backfilling to prevent movement of the pipe and to prevent any backfill
material from being deposited on the joint.
F. Prior to the beginning of the welding procedure, any tack welds used to position the pipe
during laying shall be removed. Any annular space between the faying surfaces of the bell
and spigot shall be equally distributed around the circumferencc of the joint by shimming,
jacking, or other suitable means. The weld shall. then be made in accordance with
ANSI/AWWA C206. Where more than one pass is required, each pass except the first and
final one shall be peened to relieve shrinkage stresses; and all dirt, slag, and flux shall be
removed before the succeeding bead is applied.
G. Qualifications of Procedures and Welders: All welding procedures used to install pipe shall be
prequalified under provisions of ANSI/AWS DI. 1. Welding procedures shall be required for
field attachments and field welded joints.
H. Joints: The pipe ends shall be cut straight on joints where butt straps are used for
realignment, adjustment, or deflection, and fillet welds shall be made as shown on the
Drawings.
h Unless double fillet welds are shown on the Drawings, field welded lap joints may, at the
CONTRACTOR'S option, be made on either the inside or the outside of the pipe.
3.4 JOINT COATING AND LINING
A. General: The interior and exterior joint recesses shall be thoroughly wiped clean and all
water, loose scale, dirt and other foreign material shall be removed from the inside surface of
the pipe. The cement for j oint grout shall be non -shrink grout as specified in Section 03315,
"Grout."
B. Joint Coating: After the pipe has been laid and after sufficient backfill has been placed
between the joints to hold the pipe securely in place, the outside annular space between pipe
sections shall be completely filled with non -shrink grout formed by the use of polyethylene
foam -lined fabric bands. The grout shall be composed of 1 part cement to not more than 2
parts sand, thoroughly mixed with water to a consistency of thick cream. The grout space
prior to filling shall be flushed with water so that the surface of the joint to be in contact with
the grout will be thoroughly moistened when the grout is poured. The joint shall be filled
with grout by pouring from one side only, and shall be rodded with a wire or other flexible
rod or vibrated so that the grout completely falls the joint recess by moving; down one side of
the pipe, around the bottom of the pipe and up the opposite side. Pouring and rodding the
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 STEEL PIPE
P:r09290s134-092so-100061DocslspecslGWRPphase 1125 02650 steel Pipe.aoa 02650-12
grout shall be continued to allow completion of the filling of the entire joint recess in one
operation. Care shall be taken to leave no unfilled space. Grouting of the outside joint spaces
shall be kept as close behind the laying of the pipe as possible except that in no case shall
grouting be closer than 3 joints of the pipe being laid.
C. Grout Bands (Diapers): The grout bands or heavy-duty diapers shall be polyethylene foam -
lined fabric with steel strapping of sufficient strength to hold the fresh mortar, resist rodding
of the mortar and allow excess water to escape. The foam plastic shall be 100 percent closed
cell, chemically inert, insoluble in water and resistant to acids alkalies and solvents, and shall
be Dow Chemical Company, Ethafoam 222, or equal.
D. The fabric backing shall be cut and sewn into 9 -inch wide strips with slots for the steel
strapping on the outer edges. The polyethylene foam shall be cut into strips 6 inches wide and
slit to a thickness of 1!4 -inch which will expose a hollow or open cell surface on one side.
The foam liner shall be attached to the fabric backing with the open or hollow cells facing
towards the pipe. The foam strip shall cover the full interior circumference of the grout band
with sufficient length to permit an 8 -inch overlap of the foam at or near the top of the pipe
joint. Splices to provide continuity of the material will be permitted. The polyethylene foam
material shall be protected from direct sunlight.
E. The polyethylene foam -lined grout band shall be centered over the joint space with
approximately equal widths extending over each pipe end and securely attached to the pipe
with the steel straps. After filling the exterior joint space with non -shrink grout, the flaps
shall be closed and overlapped in a manner that fully encloses the grout with polyethylene
foam. The grout band shall remain in position on the pipe joint.
F. Joint Lining: After the backfill has been completed to final grade, the interior joint recess
shall be filled with non -shrink grout of stiff consistency. The mortar shall be tightly packed
into the joint recess and troweled flush with the interior surface and all excess shall be
removed. At no point shall there bean indentation or projection of the mortar exceeding 111.6
inch. With pipe smaller than 24 inches in diameter, before the spigot is inserted into the bell,
the bell shall be daubed with non -shrink grout. The spigot end then shall be forced to the
bottom of the bell and excess mortar on the inside of the joint shall be swabbed out.
3.5 INSTALLATION OF PIPE APPURTENANCES
A. Protection of Appurtenances: Where the joining pipe is concrete or coated with cement
mortar, buried appurtenances shall be coated with a minimum thickness of 1 inch of cement
mortar having one part cement to not more than 2 parts plaster sand. Following coating with
cement mortar, the appurtenances shall be coated with coal -tar epoxy in accordance with the
Paragraph in Part 2 entitled "Coal -Tar Epoxy Protective Coating."
B. Installation of Valves: All valves shall be handled in a manner to prevent any injury or
damage to any part of the valve. All joints shall be thoroughly cleaned and prepared prior to
installation. The CONTRACTOR shall adjust all stem packing and operate each valve prior
to installation to insure proper operation.
C. All buried valves shall be coated and protected as specified.
D. All valves shall. be installed so that the valve stems are plumb and in the location shown.
E. Installation of Flanged Joints: Before the joint is assembled, the flange faces shall be
thoroughly cleaned of all foreign material with a power wire brush. The gasket shall be
centered and the connecting flanges drawn up watertight without unnecessarily stressing the
flanges. All bolts shall be tightened in a progressive diametrically opposite sequence and
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 STEEL PIPE
P;509290t134-09294-100061DocslSpecs\GWRPphaselQ5 02650 Steel Rpe.doc 02650-13
torque with a suitable, approved and calibrated torque wrench. All clamping torque shall be
applied to the nuts only.
F. All buried flanges shall be coated and protected as specified.
G. Insulated Joints: Insulated joints and appurtenant features shall be made by the
CONTRACTOR, as shown on the Drawings. The CONTRACTOR shall exercise special
care when installing these joints to prevent electrical conductivity across the joint. After the
insulated joint is completed, an electrical resistance test will be performed by the OWNER.
Should the resistance test indicate a short circuit, the CONTRACTOR shall remove the
insulating units to inspect for damages, replace all damaged portions, and reassemble the
insulating joint. The insulated joint shall then be retested to assure proper insulation.
H. Flexible Coupled Joints: When installing flexible couplings, care shall be taken that the
connecting pipe ends, couplings and gaskets are clean and free of all dirt and foreign matter
with special attention being given to the contact surfaces of the pipe, gaskets and couplings.
The couplings shall be assembled and installed in conformity with the recommendation and
instruction of the coupling manufacturer.
I. Wrenches used in bolting couplings shall be of a type and size recommended by the coupling
manufacturer, Coupling bolts shall be tightened so as to secure a uniform annular space
between the follower rings and the body of the pipe with all bolts tightened approximately the
same amount. Diametrically opposite bolts shall be tightened progressively and evenly. Final
tightening shall be done with a suitable, approved and calibrated torque wrench set for the
torque recommended by the coupling manufacturer. All clamping torque shall be applied to
the nut only.
Upon completion of the coupled joint, the coupling and bare metal of the pipe shall be
cleaned, primed and protected as specified.
3.6 CORROSION CONTROL
Joint Bonding/Electrolysis Test Stations: Except where otherwise specified, all joints shall be bonded
in accordance with the details shown. The pipe shall be cleaned to bare bright metal at the point
where the bond is installed. In addition, electrolysis test stations shall be installed where shown.
END OF SECTION
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 STEEL PIPE
P:1092901134-09290-10008VDocs�SpecstGWRPpi sse1125 02650 Steel Rpe.doc 02650-14
SECTION 03100 - CONCRETE FORMWORK
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Formwork for cast -in-place concrete including all associated shoring, bracing, and
anchorage required to provide a complete job.
B. Coordination and providing openings in concrete for other work.
C. Provide all form accessories required to perform a complete job.
D. Stripping of forms
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings
B. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete
C. ACI 347 - Guide to Formwork for Concrete
D. PS 1. - Construction and Industrial Plywood
1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. CONTRACTOR is solely responsible for design, engineering and construction of
formwork, shoring and bracing to conform to design and code requirements; resultant
concrete to conform to required shape, line and dimension.
B. Forming, shoring and bracing designs for footings, walls and roofs shall be provided by
the CONTRACTOR to meet all requirements specified here -in.
C. If requested by the ENGIN=EER, drawings and calculations shall be submitted verifying
the selection of form ties, horizontal and vertical stiff -backs or braces for wall panels,
forming and form openings, shoring of roof forms, or any other part of forming, shoring
or bracing which may be considered critical by the ENGINEER.
D. A civil or structural engineer hired by the Contractor, and registered in the same state in
which the project is located must design all falsework and forming requirements for roof
support systems. The drawings, with supporting calculations, must each be signed and
sealed by the engineer. No work shall be started until the roof support and form design
has been submitted to the CITY for records. The falsework design engineer must visit
the site and approve the erection of all shoring prior to the placement of any concrete.
E. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the adequacy of the forming, shoring
and bracing design.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 CONCRETE FORMWORK
P:10929D1134-fl9290.100061DocslSpecs\GWRPphase1l25 0100 Gonc Formwork.doc 03100-1
F. Any formwork installed by CONTRACTOR shall be solely at CONTRACTOR's risk.
The submittal of the design will not lessen or diminish the CONTRACTOR's liability.
1.4 SUBMITTAL FOR REVIEW
A. Product Data: Provide data on components to be used to demonstrate form materials and
accessories meet these specifications. Submit product data for waterstops.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 347, 301, and 318.
B. Formwork shall be designed under the direct supervision of a licensed Structural or Civil
Engineer experienced in the design of this work and licensed in California.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. Deliver void forms and installation instructions in manufacturer's packaging.
B. Store off ground in ventilated and protected manner to prevent deterioration from
moisture.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1. FORM MATERIALS
Form Materials: CONTRACTOR shall select form materials which will produce a smooth, even
finish in all exposed surfaces. Form materials which may remain or leave residues on or in the
concrete shall not contain compounds which will permanently discolor or stain the concrete.
2.2 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES
A. Form Ties: Snap ties, if used, shall not be broken until the concrete has reached the
design concrete strength. Snap ties, designed so that the ends must be broken off before
the forms can be removed, shall not be used. The use of tie wires as form ties will not be
permitted.
B. form Release Agent: Colorless mineral oil which will not stain concrete, or absorb
moisture, or impair natural bonding. For steel forms, release agent shall prevent
discoloration of the concrete due to rust.
C. Corners: Chamfer all corners of concrete unless specifically noted otherwise. Provide
chamfer strip secured in forms as required.
D. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchors: Sized as required, of sufficient
strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1. EXAMINATION
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 CONCRETE FORMWORK
P:109290\134-09290-100061i)ocslSpecs%GWRPphase1125 03100 Cone Formwork.doc 03100-2
A. Verify lines, elevation levels and centers before proceeding with formwork. Ensure that
dimensions agree with drawings.
B. Clean surfaces of all forms to be in contact with concrete of all previous concrete or
contaminants prior to erection.
3.2 EARTH FORM
A. Hand trim sides and bottom of earth forms. Remove loose soil prior to placing concrete.
See typical details for additional requirements.
B. No forming stakes will be permitted in earth forms.
3.3 ERECTION - FORMWORK
A. Plumb and string lines shall be installed before concrete placement and shall be
maintained during placement. Such lines shall be used by CONTRACTOR's personnel
and by the ENGINEER and shall be in sufficient number and properly installed. During
concrete placement, the CONTRACTOR shall continually monitor plumb and string line
form positions and immediately correct deficiencies.
B. Erect formwork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements, in accordance with
requirements of ACI 301.
C. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Shore or strengthen formwork subject to
overstressing by construction loads.
D: Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping. Do not damage
concrete during stripping. The arrangement of the formwork shall permit the removal of
remaining principal shores.
E. Provide worker protection from protruding reinforcement bars in accordance with
applicable safety codes.
F. Joints not shown on the Plans shall not be permitted.
G. Obtain approval before framing openings in structural members, which are not indicated
on Drawings.
H. Provide fillet and chainfer strips on external corners of beams, walls and slabs unless
noted or shown otherwise.
I. Coordinate this section with other sections of work which require attachment of
components to formwork.
J. If formwork is placed after reinforcement resulting in insufficient concrete cover over
reinforcement, reinforcing shall be relocated to provide proper coverage.
K. Formwork shall be placed and secured to produce the concrete sections shown on the
drawings.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 CONCRETE FORMWORK
P:5092901134-09290-1000MOocsSSpecs\GWRPphaseIQ6 03100 Conc Formwork.doc 03100-3
3.6 APPLICATION - FORM RELEASE AGENT
A. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
B. Care shall be taken not to apply any form release agent to the reinforcing steel, anchoring
devices or embedded items in the forms.
3.7 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS AND OPENINGS
A. Provide formed openings where required for items to pass through concrete work.
B. Locate and secure in place items, which will be cast directly into concrete prior to the
placing of the concrete.
C. Coordinate with work of other sections in forming and placing openings, slots, recesses,
sleeves, bolts, anchors, other inserts and components of the Work.
D. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, straight level, and
plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement.
E. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate cleaning,
inspection, placing and consolidating concrete.
F. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms, and
neatly fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces.
3.8 FORM CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE
A. Clean forms as erection proceeds, to remove foreign matter within forms to provide a
smooth even surface.
B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete.
C. Use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter.
D. Maintain forms at all times in good condition, particularly as to size, shape, strength,
rigidity, tightness and smoothness of surface. Form surfaces shall be treated with a
nonstaining mineral oil or other lubricant acceptable to the ENGINEER. Any excess
lubricant shall be satisfactorily removed before placing concrete. Where field oiling of
forms is required, the CONTRACTOR shall perform the oiling at least two weeks in
advance of their use. Care shall be exercised to keep oil off the surfaces of steel
reinforcement and other metal items to be embedded in concrete.
3.9 FORMWORK TOLERANCES
A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances as stated in this section. If not noted provide
as required by ACI 117 and 301.
B. Camber slabs and beams in accordance with ACI 301.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1
P:1092901134-09290-10046117ocs55pecslGWRPphase1126 03100 Corte Formwork.doc
CONCRETE FORMWORK
03100-4
3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect erected formwork, shoring and bracing to ensure that work is in accordance with
formwork design, and that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure and
properly located.
B. Do not patch wood formwork.
3.11 FORM REMOVAL
A. Do not remove forms or bracing until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its
own weight and imposed loads. The removal criteria given below, serve only as
minimums. It is the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to insure the concrete has
sufficient strength for forms to be removed.
B. Forms on sides of footings and encasements may be removed after 24 hours.
C. Wall forms shall not be removed until a minimum. of 12 hours of accumulative time with
ambient temperature over 50°F has passed since the concrete was placed and
consolidated.
D. Structural slab forms and shoring shall not be removed for a minimum of 10 days and
only when concrete test breaks indicate the concrete placed for the slab has reached a
minimum of 85% of its required 28 -day compressive strength. The CONTRACTOR may
mold and cure additional concrete cylinders to verify the 85% strength has been achieved.
E. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers or tools against finish concrete
surfaces scheduled for exposure to view.
F. Store removed forms such that surfaces to be in contact with fresh concrete will not be
damaged. Discard damaged forms.
G. CONTRACTOR shall begin to apply curing compounds within one hour after stripping
wall forms.
H. All formwork shall be removed before backfill is placed against the formed surface.
3.12 FALSEWORK
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the design, engineering, construction, maintenance,
and safety of all falsework, including staging, walkways, forms, ladders, and similar
appurtenances, which shall equal or exceed the applicable requirements of the provisions of the
OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction, the requirements of the Construction Safety
Orders of the California Division of Industrial Safety, and the requirements herein.
END OF SECTION
GWRP EXPANSION -.. PHASE 1 CONCRETE FORMWORK
P;1092901134-09290-1000(1DocslSpeasIGWRPphase112503100 Cono Formworkdoe 03100-5
SECTION 03200 - REINFORCEMENT STEEL
PARTI GENERAL
fRi �.Zgf) 9 h[ll maw R
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish, fabricate, and place all concrete and masonry reinforcement
steel, welded wire fabric, couplers, and concrete inserts for use in reinforced concrete and
masonry constntction and shall perform all appurtenant work, including all the wires, clips,
supports, chairs, spacers, and other accessories, all in accordance with the Contract Documents,
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Codes: All codes, as referenced herein.
B. Commercial Standards
1. ACI 315 Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement
2. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete
3. CRSI MSP -1 Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute Manual of Standard
Practice
4. WRI Manual of Standard Practice for Welded Wire Fabric
5. AWS DIA Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel
6. ASTM A 185 Specification for Welded Steel Wire Fabric, Plain, for
Concrete Reinforcement
7. ASTM A 615 Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for
Concrete Reinforcement
8. ASTM A 706 Low Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Reinforcement
9, ASTM A 775 Specification for Epoxy -Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish shop bending diagrams, placing lists, and drawings of
all reinforcement steel prior to fabrication.
B. Details of the concrete reinforcement steel and concrete inserts shall be submitted by the
CONTRACTOR at the earliest possible date after receipt of the Notice to Proceed. Said
details of reinforcement steel for fabrication and erection shall conform to ACI 315 and
the requirements specified and shown. The shop bending; diagrams shall show the actual
lengths of bars, to the nearest inch measured to the intersection of the extensions
(tangents For bars of circular cross section) of the outside surface. The shop drawings
shall include bar placement diagrams which clearly indicate the locations and dimensions
of each bar splice.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 REINFORCEMENT STEEL
P:1092901134-09290-10006kDocslSpecsIGWRPphase1125 03200 Conn RIM Steel.doc 03200-1
C. Where mechanical couplers are required or permitted to be used to splice reinforcement
steel, the CONTRACTOR shall submit manufacturer's literature containing instructions
and recommendations for installation for each type of coupler used. A current 1CB0
report for the specific product proposed to be used, or certified test reports which verify
the load capacity of each type and size of couplers to be used. Shop drawings shall be
prepared which show the location of each coupler with details of how they are to be
installed and secured in the formwork.
D. If reinforcement steel is spliced by welding at any location, the CONTRACTOR shall
submit mill test reports which shall contain the information necessary for the
determination of the carbon equivalent as specified in AWS DIA. The CONTRACTOR
shall submit a written wedding procedure for each type of weld for each size of bar which
is to be spliced by welding; .merely a statement that AWS procedures will be followed is
not acceptable.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. If requested by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall provide samples from each
heat of reinforcement steel delivered in a quantity adequate for testing. The OWNER
will pay the costs of initial required tests. The CONTRACTOR shall bear the costs of
additional tests due to .material failing the initial tests.
B. If reinforcement steel is spliced by welding at any location, the CONTRACTOR shall
submit certifications of procedure qualifications for each welding procedure used and
certification of welder qualifications, for each welding procedure, and for each welder
performing the work. Such qualifications shall be as specified in AWS DIA.
C. If requested by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall provide samples of each type
of welded splice used in the work in a quantity and of dimensions adequate for testing.
At the discretion of the ENGINEER, radiographic testing of direct butt welded splices
will be performed. The CONTRACTOR shall provide assistance necessary to facilitate
testing. The CONTRACTOR shall repair any weld which fails to meet the requirements
of AWS D1.4. The costs of testing will be paid by the OWNER; except, the costs of all
tests which fail to meet specified requirements shall be paid by the CONTRACTOR.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 REINFORCEMENT STEEL
A. Reinforcement Steel shall conform to the following requirements:
Bar reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A615 for Grade
60 Billet Steel Reinforcement, unless noted otherwise
2. Bar reinforcement to be welded shall meet the requirements of ASTM A706 for
Grade 60.
Welded wire fabric reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A
185. If the welded wire fabric has longitudinal wire of W4 size wire or smaller,
it shall be either furnished in flat sheets or in rolls with a core diameter of not
less than 10 inches. If the welded wire fabric has longitudinal wires larger than
W4 size, it shall be furnished in flat sheets only.
GWRP EXPANSION - PHASE 1 REINFORCEMENT STEEL
P:%092901134-09290-100061DocsSSpecsIGWRPphase112503200 Cone Rinf Steel.doc 03200-2
PW
04K
B. Bar Support Accessories
1.. Accessories shall include all necessary chairs, slab bolsters, concrete blocks, tie
wires, dips, supports, spacers, and other devices to position reinforcement during
concrete or grout placement. All bar supports shall meet the requirements of the
CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. Wire bar supports shall be CRSI Class I for
maximum protection with a 118 -inch minimum thickness of plastic coating which
extends at least 112 -inch from the concrete surface. Plastic shall be gray in color.
2. Concrete blocks (dobies), used to support and position reinforcement steel, shall
have the same or higher compressive strength specified for the concrete in which
it is located. Wire ties shall be embedded in concrete block bar supports.
ACCESSORIES
A. Mechanical couplers shall be provided where shown or may be used where approved by
the ENGINEER. The couplers shall have the tensile capacity equal to a minimum of 125
percent of the reinforcement bars yield strength being spliced.
B. Where the type of coupler used is composed of more than one component, all
components required for a complete splice shall be supplied. This shall apply to all
mechanical splices, including those splices intended for fixture connections.
C. The reinforcement steel and coupler used shall be compatible for obtaining the required
strength of the connection. Straight threaded type couplers shall require the use of the
next larger size reinforcing bar or shall be used with reinforcing bars with specially
forged ends which provide upset threads which do not decrease the basic cross section of
the bar.
D. Couplers shall be Bar -Lock couplers by
manufactured by Erieo Products; Dowel
Richmond Screw Anchor Company; or equal,
FABRICATION
A. General
Dayton Superior, Lenton form Saver as
Bar Splicer System as manufactured by
Fabrication details shall be prepared in accordance with ACI 315 and ACI 318,
except as modified by the Drawings. Stirrups and tie bars shall be bent around a
pin having a diameter not less than 1 -112 -inch for No. 3 bars, 2 -inch for No. 4
bars, and 2 -1/2 -inch for No. 5 bars or as specified on the Drawings. Bends for
other bars shall be made around a pin having a diameter not less than 6 times the
bar diameter, except for bars Iarger than I inch, in which case the bends shall be
made around a pin of 8 bar diameters or as specified on the Drawings. Bars shall
be bent cold.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall fabricate reinforcement mars for structures in
accordance with bending diagrams, placing lists, and placing drawings.
3. Reinforcement shall not be straightened or rebent in a manner which will reduce
the strength of the material. Bars with kinks or bends not shown shall not be
used. All bars shall be bent cold, unless otherwise perrnitted by the ENGINEER.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 REINFORCEMENT STEEL
P:i092905134-09290-100061Docs%SpecslGW RPphase1125 03200 Cone Rinf Steei.doc 03200-3
No bars partially embedded in concrete shall be field -bent except as shown or
specifically permitted by the ENGINEER.
B. Fabricating Tolerances: Bars used for concrete reinforcement shall meet the following
requirements for fabricating tolerances:
Sheared length: + I inch
2. Depth of truss bars: + 0, - 1/2 inch
3. Stirrups, ties, and spirals: +- 1/2 inch
4. All other bends: + I inch
C. Welded Splices
Welded splices shall be provided where shown and where approved by the
ENGINEER, All welded splices of reinforcement steel shall develop a tensile
strength which exceeds 125 percent of the yield strength of the reinforcement
bars which are connected.
2. All materials required to conform to the welded splice requirements of AWS
D 1.4 shall be provided.
2.4 EPDXY GROUT
Epoxy for grouting reinforcing bars shall be specifically formulated for such application, for the
moisture condition, application. temperature, and orientation of the hole to be filled.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PLACEMENT
A. All reinforcement steel, welded wire fabric, couplers, and other appurtenances shall be
fabricated, and placed in accordance with the requirements of the Building Code and the
supplementary requirements specified herein.
B. Reinforcement steel shall be accurately positioned as shown, and shall be supported and
wired together to prevent displacement, using annealed iron wire ties or suitable clips at
intersections. All reinforcement steel shall be supported by concrete, plastic or metal
supports, spacers or metal hangers which are strong and rigid enough to prevent any
displacement of the reinforcement steel. Where concrete is to be placed on the ground,
supporting concrete blocks (or dobics) shall be used, in sufficient numbers to support the
bars without settlement, but in no case shall such support be continuous. All concrete
blocks used to support reinforcement steel shall be tied to the steel with wire ties
embedded in the blocks. For concrete over or in formwork, the CONTRACTOR shall
furnish concrete, metal, plastic, or other acceptable bar chairs and spacers to maintain the
required clearances.
C. Limitations on the use of bar support materials shall be as follows.
GWRP EXPANSION -- PHASE 1 REINFORCEMENT STEEL
PA092901134-09290-300061DocslSpecsIGWRPphasel125 03200 Conc Rini Steel,doc 03200-4
1. Concrete Dobies: permitted at all locations except where architectural finish is
required.
2. Wire Bar Supports: permitted only at slabs over dry areas, interior dry wall
surfaces, and exterior wall surfaces.
3. Plastic Bar Supports: permitted at all locations except on grade.
D. Tie wires shall be bent away from the forms in order to provide the specified concrete
coverage.
E. Bars additional to those shown which may be found necessary or desirable by the
CONTRACTOR for the purpose of securing reinforcement in position shall be provided
by the CONTRACTOR at its own expense.
F. Unless otherwise specified, reinforcement placing tolerances shall be within the limits
specified in Section 7.5 of ACI 318 except where in conflict with the requirements of the
Building Code.
G. Bars may be moved as necessary to avoid interference with other reinforcement steel,
conduits, or embedded items. If bars are moved more than one bar diameter, or enough
to exceed the above tolerances, the resulting arrangement of bars shall be as acceptable
to the ENGINEER.
3.2 SPACING OF BARS
A. The clear distance between parallel bars (except in columns and between multiple layers
of bars in beams) shall be not less than the nominal diameter of the bars nor less than 1-
1/3 tunes the maximum size of the coarse aggregate, nor less than one inch.
B. Where reinforcement in beams or girders is placed in 2 or more layers, the clear distance
between layers shall be not less than one inch and the bars of the upper layers placed
directly above the bars of the bottom layer.
C. In columns, the clear distance between longitudinal bars shall be not less than 1-112
times the bar diameter, nor less than 1-112 tunes the maximum size of the coarse
aggregate, nor less than 1-1/2 inches.
D. The clear distance between bars shall. also apply to the distance between a contact splice
and adjacent splices or bars.
3.3 SPLICING
A. General
1. Reinforcement bar splices shall only be used at locations shown. When it is
necessary to splice reinforcement at points other than where shown, the character
of the splice shall be as acceptable to the ENGINEER and shall be specified on
the submitted shop drawings.
2. Unless otherwise indicated, dowels shall match the size and spacing of the
spliced bar.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 REINFORCEMENT STEEL
P-1092901134-09290-100081C1ocslSpecs\GWRPphase1r25 03200 Cora Rirtf Sfeei.dnn 03200-5
B. Splices of Reinforcement
1. The length of lap for reinforcement bars, unless otherwise shown shall be in
accordance with ACI 318, Section 12.15.1 for a Class B splice.
2. Laps of welded wire fabric shall be in accordance with the ACI 318. Adjoining
sheets shall be securely tied together with No. 14 tie wire, one tie for each 2
running feet. Wires shall be staggered and tied in such a manner that they cannot
slip.
3. Splices in column spiral reinforcement, when necessary, shall be made by
welding or by a lap of 1-1I2 turns.
C. Couplers which are located at a joint face shall be a type which can be set either flush or
recessed from the face as shown. The couplers shall be sealed during concrete
placement to completely eliminate concrete or cement paste from entering.
Couplers intended for future connections shall be recessed a minimum of 1/2 inch from
the concrete surface. After the concrete is placed, the coupler shall be plugged with
plastic plugs which have an O-ring seal and the recess filled with sealant to prevent any
contact with water or other corrosive materials.
D. Unless noted otherwise, mechanical coupler shall have the same size bar on each side of
the coupler.
3.4 EMBEDMENT OF DRILLED REINFORCING STEEL DOWELS
A. Hole Preparation
1. Special inspection by a registered deputy inspector shall be provided, as required
by the 2007 California Building Code and ICC Evaluation Report. The City
shall employ the deputy inspector, as required in Section 1704 of the 2007
California Building Code.
2. The hole diameter shall. be as required by the ICC Evaluation Report for the
specific product being used.
3. The depth of the hole shall be as indicated on the drawings or as directed, in
writing, by the ENGINEER.
4. The hole in the concrete shall be drilled by the method required by the ICC
Evaluation Report for the specific product being used and which does not
interfere with the proper bonding of epoxy.
S. Existing reinforcing steel in the vicinity of proposed holes shall be located using
a pachometer, or other prior to drilling. The location of holes to be drilled shall
be adjusted to avoid drilling through or nicking any existing reinforcing bars.
6. The hole shall be brushed out and blown clean with clean, dry compressed air to
remove all dust and loose particles, as required by the ICC Evaluation Report,
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 REINFORCEMENT STEEL
fl:1092945134-09290-10008iDocs\SpeeslGW RRph3se1125 03200 Conc Rinf SteeI.doc 03200-6
B. Dowel Installation
Epoxy shall be injected into the hole, as required by the ICC Evaluation Report,
through a tube placed at the bottom of the hole. The tube nozzle shall be
withdrawn as epoxy is placed but kept immersed to prevent formation of air
pockets. The hole shall be filled to a depth that insures that excess material will
be expelled from the hole during dowel installation.
Dowels shall be twisted during insertion into the partially filled hole so as to
guarantee full engagement of the bar surface with epoxy. The bar shall be
inserted slowly enough to avoid developing air pockets.
After dowels are installed, allow time recommended by epoxy manufacturer for
epoxy to cure prior to covering epoxy with concrete.
END OF SECTION
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 REINFORCEMENT STEEL
P:109290%134-09290-10006iDocsSSpecsiGWRPphase1125 03200 Conc Riff Stsel.doc 03200-7
SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
This section covers cast -in-place concrete including selective finishing and repair work for
structures or retaining walls on the project.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork.
B. Section 03200 - Reinforcing Steel.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C31 - Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field.
B. ASTM C33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregate,
C. ASTM C39 - Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens.
D. ASTM C40 - Organic Impurities in Sands for Concrete.
E. ASTM C88 - Soundness of Aggregates by use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate.
F. ASTM C94 - Specifications for Ready -Mixed Concrete
G. ASTM C131 - Resistance to Degradation of Small Size Course Aggregate by Abrasion
and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine.
H. ASTM C 136 - Method for Sieve Analysis to Fine and Coarse Aggregate.
I. ASTM C 143 - Test Method for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete.
J. ASTM C 15 0 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement.
K. ASTM C 15 - Test Method for mater Retention by Concrete Curing Materials.
L. ASTM C173 - Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the
Volumetric Method.
M. ASTM C231 - Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure
Method,
N. ASTM C233 - Standard Method of Testing Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.
O. ASTM C260 - Standard Specifications for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
P:10929()513409290-100061DocslSpeceIGWRPphase1125 03300 Canc Cast in place.doc 03300-1
P. ASTM C289 - Standard Test Method for Potential Reactivity of Aggregates (Chemical
Method).
Q. ASTM. C441 - Standard Test Method for Effectiveness of Mineral Admixtures i
Preventing Excessive Expansion of Concrete Due to the Alkali -Aggregate Reaction.
R. ASTM C457 - Microscopical Determination of Air -Void Content and Parameters of the
Air -Void System in Hardened Concrete,
S. ASTM C494 - Standard Specifications for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete.
T. ASTM C618 --- Standard Specifications for Coal Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural
Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete
U. ASTM C670 - Preparing Precision Statements for Test Methods for Construction
Materials.
V. ASTM C803 - Penetration Resistance of Hardened Concrete.
W. ASTM C 1084 - Portland Cement Content of Hardened Hydraulic -Cement Concrete.
X. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings.
Y. ACI 211.1 - Recommended Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal and
Heavyweight Concrete,
Z. ACI 304 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing
Concrete.
1.4 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
A. The Shop Drawings shall show complete details and arrangement of reinforcing and
embedded items.
B. Prepare mix design and prove with laboratory 7 -day, 14 -day and, 28 -day compressive
test, or submit test reports of 7 -day, 14 -day, and 28 -day compressive tests of the mix
where the same mix has been used on two previous water retaining structures. A mix
design and trial batch testing shall also be performed for the cement rich mix required at
the base of the tank walls and columns. Submit mix design and test reports in writing for
review by the ENGINEER at least 15 days before placing of any concrete.
C. Provide certificate from supplier stating cement complies with ASTM C150 and these
specifications.
D. Provide certificate that aggregates comply with ASTM C33. State weathering region
limits of coarse aggregates: severe, moderate, or negligible. State basis of determining
that potential reactivity is negligible.
E. For concrete admixtures provide manufacturer's certificate of compliance with these
specifications.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
P:109290%134-09290-100061DucslSpecsiGWRRphasell25 03300 Cone Cast in pface.doc 03300-2
F. Epoxy Bonding Compound.: Provide manufacturer's specific instructions for use.
G. Nonshrink. Grout: Provide manufacturer's certificate of compliance with these
Specifications and specific instructions for use.
H. Concrete Shrinkage Test Results: Provide test results from a testing lab documenting the
proposed concrete mix designs for water retaining structure are within the acceptable
shrinkage limits stated in this section.
1. Fine and Coarse Aggregate Test Results: Provide results of required aggregate test stated
in Section 2.03 of this specification.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perforin work in accordance with ACI 301.
B. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work.
C. Concrete Mix Designs
1. All concrete materials shall be proportioned so as to produce a workable .mixture
in which the water content will not exceed the maximum specified.
2. The exact proportions by weight of all materials entering into the concrete
delivered to the jobsite shall conform to the approved mix design unless
specifically so directed by the CITY or Laboratory for improved specified
strength or desired density, uniformity and workability.
3. The proportions of such mix design shall be based on a full cubic yard of
hardened concrete.
4. The jobsite batch plant shall furnish delivery tickets, signed by a Certified
Weighmaster, on which each shall state the weight of aggregates, sand, cement
and water and the number of cubic yard of concrete furnished, which will be
compared against the approved mix design.
5. There shall be no variation in the weights and proportions of materials from the
approved mix design.
D. Concrete Shrinkage Testing
Each mix design to be used in the construction of the tank shall be tested for
concrete shrinkage in accordance with ASTM C157. The maximum rate of
shrinkage shall be 0.046 at 28 -day drying age. The test may be terminated after
the 28 -day drying age measurement. These tests shall be performed prior to the
start of the concrete construction using the same material sources for materials as
those to be used for construction.
2. The maximum concrete shrinkage for specimens cast in the field shall not exceed
the trail batch maximum shrinkage by more than 25 percent.
GWRP EXPANSION -- PHASE 1 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PA0929W34-09290-1000610ocs1Specs\GWRPphase1125 03300 GoncGast in place.doc 08300-3
E. Ready Mix Concrete: Ready mixed concrete shall conform to the requirements of ACI
301 and ASTM C 94. In case of conflict, ACI 301 shall govern.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 CONCRETE COMPOSITION
Concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate, and water, so
proportioned and mixed as to produce a plastic solution workable mixture in accordance with
requirements of this section of the specifications, and suitable to the specific conditions of
placement.
2.2 PORTLAND CEMENT
A. Portland cement shall be from an approved source and shall conform to the requirements
of the current ASTM C 150, for Type V cement. Type I or Il cement may be used if a
geotechnical engineer certifies that soil sulfate levels are sufficiently low. Only one
brand of cement from one manufacturing plant may be used.
B. Cement may be delivered in paper sacks or in bulk.
C. If cement is delivered in sacks, each sack shall contain not less than 94 pounds of cement,
and if delivered in bulk, one barrel. of cement shall be considered to weigh 376 pounds.
D. In order that the cement .may not become unduly aged after delivery, the CONTRACTOR
shall use cement that has been stored on the jobsite before using cement direct from
freighting, hauling or transporting operations.
E. Storage bins for bulk cement shall be watertight and constructed so that there will be no
dead storage. If there is reason to believe that dead storage exists, the bins shall be
emptied completely at least once every four months.
F. Cement bins at the batch plant, and cement storage silos shall be provided with effective
dust collectors at the vents to prevent loss of cement.
G. The CONTRACTOR shall designate the source and quantity of cement required for his
needs at least 30 days prior to its use, so that appropriate tests, inspection and
certification can be made.
H. Certified mill certificates shall be furnished by the cement supplier with every shipment,
giving proof that the above requirements have been met.
I. In addition, the CITY may conduct, at its own expense, any tests it considers necessary,
to insure that the cement provided meets the specified requirements.
Any cement not meeting the Specifications will be rejected.
K. The CITY may direct the use of Portland cement of a type other than that above
specified, in which case it will pay the additional cost, if any, for the cement required
GWRP EXPANSION -- PHASE 1 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
P:1092901134-09290-100061pocsl8pecslGWRPphase1125 03300 Conc Cast in place.doc 03300-4
over the cost of that specified, or shall receive appropriate credit for any cement required
of a lesser cost than specified.
2.3 FINE AND COARSE AGGREGATES
A. pine aggregate shall be clean, natural sand consisting of hard, strong, durable and
uncoated particles. It shall conform to the grading limits specified in ASTM C33.
B. Material removable by decantation from fine aggregate shall not exceed five percent
(5%) by weight.
C. The moisture content of fine aggregate shall not exceed eight percent (8%) by weight at
the time the aggregate is used for the concrete.
D. bine aggregate shall be subjected to careful, thorough analysis to determine conformity
with all requirements of these specifications.
E. Mortar specimens made with the fine aggregate shall have a compressive strength after
seven (7) days of at least ninety percent (90%) of the strength of similar specimens made
with Ottawa sand having a fineness modulus of 2.40.
F. Coarse aggregate shall be washed gravel or crushed stone consisting of hard, tough,
durable particles free from adherent coating.
G. It shall contain no vegetable matter of soft, friable, thin, fiat or elongated particles in
quantities considered deleterious.
H. A thin, flat or elongated particle is defined as a particle having a maximum dimension in
excess of five times its minimum dimension.
I. Aggregate that has disintegrated or weathered badly under exposure conditions similar to
those that will be encountered in the work under consideration shall not be used.
L When crushed stone is used, the crusher shall be equipped with a screening system that
will entirely separate the dust from the stone and convey it to a separate bin.
K. The substances designated shall not be present in excess of the following amounts:
L Soft fragments: 5%
2. Clay lumps: 1.4%
3. Material removed by decantation: 1%
L. When the material removed by decantation consists essentially of crushed dirt, the
maximum amount permitted may be raised to one and one-half percent (112%).
M. Coarse aggregate shall be subjected to a careful, thorough analysis to determine
conformity with all requirements of these Specifications.
N. The maximum size aggregate shall be as required in this Section, the aggregate shall be
uniformly well graded from coarse through fine.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
P:1092901134-09290-10006SDoas\Specs\GWRPphase1125 03300 Conc Cast in ptace.doc 03300-5
O. Corrective measures to remedy deficiencies in aggregate grading may be used only with
the written approval of the CITY. Coarse aggregate grading shall conforrn to the
requirements of ASTM C33 for the aggregate size number specified in this section.
P. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence to the CITY that all aggregate
used in the work meets the requirements specified herein. Tests shall be performed by a
reputable independent testing laboratory and the cost of testing be borne by the
CONTRACTOR.
Q. If the CITY deems that testing of aggregate is necessary, samples may be selected from
any of the aggregate delivered to the ready mix plant or jobsite and have them tested by a
laboratory of the CITY's choice at their expense.
R. If in such tests the material fails to meet the specified requirements, the aggregate will be
rejected and the expense of testing shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR.
S. If such tests show the aggregate to be satisfactory, the CONTRACTOR shall have no
claim for costs due to delays caused by testing.
T. When tested in accordance with "Organic Impurities in Sands for Concrete" (ASTM
C40), the fine aggregate shall provide a color in the supernatant liquid no darker than the
reference standard color solution.
U. When tested in accordance with "Soundness of Aggregates by use of Sodium Sulfate or
Magnesium Sulfate" (ASTM C88), the loss resulting after five cycles shall not exceed
10% for fine aggregate and 12% for coarse aggregate when using sodium sulfate.
V. When tested in accordance with "Resistance to Abrasion of Small Size Coarse Aggregate
by use of the Los Angeles Machine" (ASTM C131), the coarse aggregate shall show a
loss not exceeding 50% after 500 revolutions or 1.0% after 100 revolutions.
W. When tested in accordance with "Potential Reactivity of Aggregates (Chemical Method)"
(ASTM C289), the aggregates should be represented by points lying to the left side of the
solid line of Figure 2.
2.4 WATER
Water for mixing shall be clean, fresh and free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, chlorides,
sulfates, alkali or organic matter. Water shall conform to ACI 301.
2.5 AIR -ENTRAINING AGENTS
A. The concrete may be air -entrained at the option of the CONTRACTOR, however, Class
"A" concrete shall not be air -entrained.
B. Air -entraining agents shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C260 and 0233.
C. The maximum total volumetric air content of the concrete before placement shall be as
specified in subsection 2. 10, as determined by ASTM C 173 or ASTM C231.
D. Manufacturers and Product
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 CAST -EN -PLACE CONCRETE
P:1092901134-09290-100061Docs55pecslGWRPphase1125 03300 Gone cast in place.doe 03300-6
GRACE CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS, Cambridge, MA (877) 423-6491;
"DAREX AEA"
MASTER. BUILDERS, Cleveland, OH (800) 628-9990, "MB -AE 10"
SIKA, Santa Fe Springs, CA (562) 943-3648; "AER".
2.6 WATER REDUCING ADMIXTURES
A. Water reducing additives, which do not affect the ultimate perfortnance of any steel in
any way, may be added to the concrete mix design. Water reducing additives shall
conform to ASTM C494, Type A or D.
B. The use of water reducing additives shall not pen -nit the cement content or the
air -entrainment to be reduced below the minimum specified in subsection 2.10 below.
C. Superplasticizers, if allowed by the CITY, shall conform to ASTM C494, Type F or G,
batch plant added using second or third generation only.
2.7 ADMIXTURES
A. All admixtures used in any mix design shall be manufactured and supplied by the same
admixture company to ensure compatibility and shall not contain calcium chloride or
triethanolamine.
B. Flyash shall conform to ASTM C618, Class F, and shall not to exceed 20% of the total
cementitious material by weight used in the concrete mix design.
C. When the air temperature during the pour exceeds 85°F, a concrete retarding admixture
shall be added to all Class "A" concrete (as defined in subsection 2.08 below) used for
wall construction.
I. Grace Construction Products, Cambridge, MA; "DARATARD-17"
2. Master Builders, Cleveland, OH; "MBL-82".
3. To be considered as equal, any alternate product offered for consideration shall
contain no calcium chloride, and shall be compatible with air -entrained cements
and air -entraining admixtures conforming; to the applicable ASTM, AASHO,
ANSI and Federal specifications.
D. CONTRACTOR shall verify that admixtures do not contain calcium chlorides or other
corrosive materials.
2.8 CONCRETE CLASSIFICATION
A. Unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings, concrete shall be of the following classes,
each meeting the mix and compressive strength requirements as specified hereafter, and
shall be used as follows:
1_ Class "A" : Foundations, all concrete not otherwise specified.
2. Class "B" . Site work (curbs, gutters, sidewalk and paving)
B. At the CONTRACTOR's option, Class "A" concrete may be substituted for Class "B".
CWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
R%G92501134-09290-1000E1[7ocslSp"s\GWRPphaso1125 03300 Gono Cast in placo.doo 03300-7
2.9 MEASUREMENT AND SLUMP
A. All measurements of material for concrete shall be by weight. However,
CONTRACTOR, at his own expense, may increase the cement content with a
corresponding reduction in weight of aggregate and sand, if there is concern that the
minimum strength requirements under these specifications cannot be met.
B. The amount of water to be used shall be the amount necessary to produce a plastic
mixture of the specified slump, but shall not to exceed the water -cement ratio stated
herein.
C. Measure slump prior to addition of water -reducing admixtures (if used) in accordance
with ASTM C 143. Slump shall. be within the limits specified in subsection 2.10.
A tolerance of up to 1 inch above the indicated maximum slump is permitted for
individual batches, but the average for all batches or the ten (10) most recent batches
tested, whichever is fewer, does not exceed the stated limit. Concrete of lower than usual
slump may be used provided it is properly placed and consolidated.
2.10 CONCRETE MIX PARAMETERS
A. Not withstanding what has been stated here -before; and unless shown otherwise on the
Drawings, the concrete shall meet the following requirements:
F. Maximum Aggregate Size l inch (5) 1 inch (5)
(Size Number 5, ASTM C33)
G. Maximum Total Volumetric Air 4% 4%
Content (plus or minus 1 percent)
H. The cement content is required irrespective of resulting compressive strength.
1. No calcium chlorides are permitted in mix design.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
RM2W134-09290-100061DocslSpecs\GWRPphase1125 03300 Conc Cast in place.doc 03300-8
Class A
Class B
B. Min. Compressive Strength
4000 psi
2500 psi
C. Max. Water/Cement Ratio
0.40
0.50
(by weight)
D. Slump (plus or minus 1 -inch)
4.0
4.0
E. Min. Cement Content (94 lb.
6.5 sacks
5.0 sacks
sack of cement per cubic yard
of solid concrete)
F. Maximum Aggregate Size l inch (5) 1 inch (5)
(Size Number 5, ASTM C33)
G. Maximum Total Volumetric Air 4% 4%
Content (plus or minus 1 percent)
H. The cement content is required irrespective of resulting compressive strength.
1. No calcium chlorides are permitted in mix design.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
RM2W134-09290-100061DocslSpecs\GWRPphase1125 03300 Conc Cast in place.doc 03300-8
2.11 WORKABILITY
A. Concrete shall be of such consistency and composition that it can be worked readily into
the forms and around the reinforcement without excessive spading or permitting material
to segregate or free water to collect on its surface.
B. If the concrete is not within the specified slump range, the proportions shall be adjusted
to provide a plastic, cohesive mixture. All changes to the approved concrete mix designs
shall be approved by the ENGINEER prior to use.
C. To avoid unnecessary changes in consistency, the aggregate shall be from a source with
uniform. quality, moisture content, and grading. Handle materials in such a manner that
variations in moisture content will not interfere with production of concrete of the
specified degree of uniformity and slump.
2.12 EPDXY ADHESIVE
A. A non -sag epoxy adhesive shall be applied over all dry -packed holes on the inside surface
of walls and the repair honeycomb areas.
B. Manufacturer and Product:
1. SELECT PRODUCTS CO., Costa Mesa, CA, phone: (714) 429-0808; "SELECT
BOND GP -3000"
2. STO Concrete Restoration, Atlanta, GA, phone (800) 221-2397; "CR635" Sto
Epoxy Gel
3. Approved equal materials may be used.
2.13 CURING COMPOUND
A, If wet curing process is not used on formed concrete surfaces, a curing compound shall
be applied immediately after forms have been removed from the concrete surface. If the
forms are kept on the concrete for a minimum of 7 days, a curing compound is not
required.
B. Curing compounds will be accepted if it is a clear, water -base, non -yellowing curing
compound with a fugitive dye, in conformance with ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B.
C. Regardless of the type of curing compound used, Contractor shall assume complete
responsibility for its adequacy and shall remove the compound film from the concrete
surface if not compatible with potable water and/or submerged conditions.
D. Manufacturer and Product:
1. VOCOMP 20 Water -Based, acrylic curing compound, by WR Meadows.
2. Approved equal
2.14 CONCRETE REPAIR MORTAR
A. Patch material shall be polymer -modified, cementitious, non -sag mortar with corrosion
inhibitor properties.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
P:1QWW134-09290-10006\Docs15pecsIGWRPphase1125 03300 Gonc Gast in place,doc 03300-9
B. Patch material shall ineet the following requirements (@ 73 degrees F and 50 percent
R.H.):
1. Work Life 30 minutes minimum
2. Compressive Strength 3,000 psi @ 7 days
3. Bonding Strength (ASTM C 882) 2,200 psi Ca; 28 days
4. Color Concrete Gray
C. The material shall be designed for vertical and overhead application. The patch material
shall be capable of being applied in 2 -inch thick applications on vertical surfaces.
D. The patch may be extended with clean sand in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
E. Manufacturer and Product:
I. STO Corp., phone (800) 221-2397 `CR 702'
2. Fosroc Inc., phone (800) 645-3954 `Renderoc HB2'
3. Silva Corporation., phone (562) 941-0231 `Sika Top 126 PLUS'
4. Approved equal
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONCRETE QUALITY
A. Concrete shall. be composed of Portland cement, sand, coarse aggregate, water,
air -entraining solution and admixtures as specified or approved by theENGINEER. The
required proportions shall be .assembled, well mixed, transported, placed, consolidated,
finished and cured as here -in -after specified. Concrete shall be uniformly dense and
sound, free from faults, cracks, voids, honeycomb and other imperfections.
B. If not called for specifically and unless specified otherwise hereunder, concrete
requirements shall follow ACI 301 where applicable.
3.2 SITE MIXED CONCRETE
A. Site mixed concrete may only be used for small quantities of Class "B" concrete where
approved in writing by the ENGINEER and shall conform to ACI 304 as modified by
these specifications.
B. Use a batch -type mixer capable of combining the aggregates, cement, and water within
the specified time into a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass and discharging the mixture
without segregation.
C. Use supporting equipment that can accurately proportion the cement, the coarse and fine
aggregates, the admixtures, and the water which enters the mixing drum. Proportion the
cement and aggregate by weight.
D. Discharge each entire batch before recharging. Do not allow volume of the mixed
materials per batch to exceed the manufacturer's rated capacity of the mixer.
GWRP EXPANSION - PHASE 1 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
P:509290113A-09290-1000610ocs1Specs\GWRPphasel%25 03300 Conc Cast in place.doc 03300-10
R Mixing time shall be as follows:
1. For mixer of a capacity of 1 cubic yard or less, one and one-half minutes after
batching is completed.
2. For mixers of capacities larger than 1 cubic yard, one and one-half minutes plus
one-half minute for each additional 1/2 cubic yard capacity or fraction thereof in
excess of 1 cubic yard.
3. The mixer shall revolve at a uniform rate as specified by the manufacturer for the
mixing equipment.
3.3 READY -MIXED CONCRETE
A. Provide central -mixed concrete conforming to ASTM C94 as modified by these
specifications.
B. Limit the haul time of central -mixed concrete so that the specified slump is attained
without the addition of water onsite or during transit which exceeds mix design
water -cement ratio specified here -in. In no event shall the time after water and cement
are both added at the batch plant to the truck is empty exceed 90 minutes, unless
specifically approved by the ENGINEER.
C. Use truck -transported, dry -batched concrete or mix on the jobsite when haul time is
excessive. Do not retemper partially hardened concrete.
3.4 PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE
A. Placement shall conform to ACI 304 as modified by these specifications.
B. Notify the CITY's Representative of readiness, not just intention, to place concrete in any
portion of the work.. This notification shall be such time in advance of the operation as
the CITY's Representative deems necessary to observe the preparations at the location of
the proposed concrete placing and schedule the testing agency to be available to obtain
the required concrete test specimens.
C. All forms, steel, anchors, ties, inserts, and other embedded items shall be in place before
the CONTRACTOR's notification of readiness is given to the Engineer.
D. Schedule sufficient equipment for continuous concrete placing, program backup
equipment, and the actions to be taken in case of an interruption in placing. Provide extra
concrete vibrators. Test the concrete vibrators the day before placing concrete.
E. Unspecified cold joints shall not be permitted. Placed concrete shall be continuously
covered with new concrete, and shall be thoroughly .integrated through vibration, even if
it means that horizontal passes of only 6 inches in width be made until additional
concrete and equipment becomes available to permit wider passes in concrete placement.
The presence of such a joint shall be cause for removal and replacement of the entire
concrete pour, at no additional cost to the CITY.
F. Vibrators shall be of the high -frequency internal type, and the number in use shall be
ample to consolidate the incoming concrete properly within 15 minutes after it is
deposited in the forms. In all cases, at least two vibrators shall be available at the site.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
P:1092905134-09290-100061Does15peesIGWRPphase1125 03300 Conc Cast in place.doc 03300-11
G. Vibrate concrete to eliminate rock pockets and voids, to consolidate each layer with that
previously placed, to completely embed reinforcing bars and fixtures, and to bring just
enough fine material to exposed surfaces to produce a smooth, dense, and even texture.
Vibration shall be performed at each required pour window opening in the reservoir wall
form and elsewhere, where they occur. Use external vibrators for consolidating concrete
when the concrete is otherwise inaccessible for adequate consolidating, provided the
forms are constructed rigidly enough to resist displacement or damage from external
vibration.
H. Do not place concrete during rainstorms. Protect concrete placed immediately before
rain to prevent rainwater from corning in contact with it. Keep sufficient protective
covering on hand at all times for this purpose.
I. Concrete placed for encasements shall not be backfilled until the concrete has reached at
least 50% of its specified 28 -day compressive strength confirmed by concrete cylinder
tests. The CONTRACTOR may mold and cure additional concrete cylinders per this
Section to verify when the 50% strength has been achieved, prior to the required 7 -day
compression test. The CONTRACTOR shall keep the trench dewatered until that time.
The CONTRACTOR may use Type III cement (High Early Strength) in lieu of Type TI
cement in the carne batch quantities as specified, at no additional cost to the CITY.
J. Concrete shall be placed and consolidated in all forms to produce a well -consolidated
concrete with no voids or segregation.
K. The temperature of concrete as delivered at the time and location of placement under the
following combined ambient conditions, except concrete that will be deposited within
wall or column forms, shall not exceed the following temperatures:
Relative humidity
less than %
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
3.5 PUMPING CONCRETE
Ambient temperature Maximum concrete
greater than °l~ temperature °F
90 100
90 95
90 90
90 85
90 80
80 75
75 70
A. Determine pump size on rate of concrete placement, length of delivery pipe or hose,
aggregate size, mix proportions, vertical lift, and slurnp of concrete.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
P:5O9290t134-09290-10006\DocslSpecsIGWRPphase1125 03300 Conc Cast in ptace.doe 03300-12
B. Minimum inside diameter of pipe or hose shall be based on the maximum aggregate size
as follows:
1 -inch maximum aggregate: 3 inches minimum I.D.
C. Do not use aluminum pipes for delivery of concrete to the fortes.
D. Before pumping is started, prime the delivery pipe or hose by pumping mortar through
the line using 5 gallons of mortar for each 50 feet of delivery line. Do not deposit mortar
in forms.
E. Concrete for slump testing will be taken from the delivery end of the hose.
3.6 SURFACE FINISHES
A. Wood -Float Finish:
1. This requires an integral finish by wood -float after screeding, to compact the
surface evenly.
2. Any excess surface water shall be removed before floating and no mortar shall be
added for leveling surface.
B. Steel Trowel Finish:
1. Provide an integral finish obtained by troweling with a steel trowel after the
surface has been floated and allowed to dry until all watersheen on the surface
has disappeared.
2. Final troweling shall be done after the concrete has hardened sufficiently to
prevent drawing moisture and fine materials to the surface and when the concrete
is sufficiently hard that no mortar accumulates on the trowel while finishing
surface.
3. Do not spread cement or mixture of cement and sand on surfaces to absorb
excess water or to stiffen the concrete.
4. Troweling shall produce a dense, smooth, impervious surface free from defects
and blemishes.
5. All interior unformed exposed surfaces of the reservoir wall, wall footing,
column footing and floor shall receive a smooth, even, level and hard (so called
"burnt") steel trowel finish.
C. Formed Surfaces Finish:
I . After formwork is removed, surface fns and burrs shall be smoothed.
2. All formed surfaces shall be smooth., even and regular.
3. For honeycomb areas, see item H below of this section.
GWRP EXPANSION — PRASE 1 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
P:1092901134-09290-100061Docs%Specs\GWRPphase1125 03300 Conc Cast in place.doc 03300-13
D. Unformed Surfaces: Unformed surfaces which will not be exposed in the completed
work shall. be brought to required finished elevations and left true and regular.
E. Screeds:
Sufficient screeds, unaffected by form deflections under concrete loads, shall be
installed to insure an even concrete surface, true to grade and elevation., without
unacceptable local depressions of any sort.
2. Screeds shall be set to the required levels and be approved by the CITY before
any concrete may be placed.
F. Form Tie Holes:
Tie holes shall be thoroughly cleaned and sandblasted or roughened. Holes shall
be free of grease or other materials that will inhibit the bond of the epoxy
adhesive to the concrete. After cleaning and roughening, vinyl plugs shall be
installed in the middle third of the wall width. The tie holes shall be coated with
a water insensitive epoxy adhesive, as specified here -in and properly filled by
damp -packing with a mortar of damp -pack consistency by mixing one part of
cement to one part of plaster sand. The amount of water to be added to the
cement -sand mixture shall be such that the mortar can be properly compacted by
driving it into the voids with a hammer. The outside portion of the tie hole shall
be filled no sooner than 7 days after the inside has been filled.
Embeco or other additives shall not be used for damp -packing such cavities.
Interior surfaces of the damp -packed tie holes in the tank corewall shall be
covered with an approved 10 mil. thick. water insensitive non -sag epoxy coating,
which shall conform to the requirements of this Section.
4. Finished surfaces shall be free from sand streaks or other voids.
G. Honeycombed Areas:
Defective surfaces, such as honeycomb, shall be cut out entirely until sound
homogeneous concrete is met, even if it means going through the entire wall,
floor or roof slab.
2. The exposed surface areas shall be coated with an approved epoxy bonding
material, which shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions, repair area with concrete repair mortar product. The repair material
shall be applied following the recommendations of the manufacturer for the
specific repair application.
3. The water content of the concrete repair mortar shall be as recommended by the
manufacturer for the repair application.
4. Concrete repair mortar shall be tamped into place working from the edge of the
repair area towards the center and finished to match the adjacent concrete
surfaces.
S. The thickness of the lifts shall be limited to the manufacturer's recommendation
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 CASA' -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
P:1092901134-09290-100061Doeslspecs%GWRPphase1125 03300 Cone Cast in p[ace.doc 03300-14
to prevent sagging of the repair material.
6. The bond between a second lift of repair mortar shall be improved through the
use of an approved epoxy bonding agent.
7. Surfaces which have been repaired shall be kept continuously damp during, and
for a period of not less than seven days after completing the damp -pack
operation, by the curing procedure described in Part 3.09 of this Section.
8. Under no circumstances shall the CONTRACTOR conceal the existence of a
honeycombed area in the concrete in. any way.
9. Neither Embeco nor calcium chloride shall be used for repairing honeycomb
areas, nor shall they be mixed with the damp -packed materials.
H. Miscellaneous Surfaces: Miscellaneous surfaces that are not covered herein and not
specifically designated on the Drawings shall be finished as directed by the CITY.
CONTRACTOR shall provide certification that any material placed on or in the corewall
shall be free of chlorides and other materials corrosive to prestressing steel.
1. Crack Repair: After concrete has cured, if any cracks larger than 0.02 -.inches have
developed, they shall be repaired at no additional cost to the CITY, following the
requirements of Specification SECTION 03740 - Epoxy Adhesive Injection of Cracks in
Concrete Members
Finished Interior Concrete Surfaces: Imperfections in the interior surfaces of the tank,
including those caused by air bubbles ("bug holes"), shall Filled by sacking so that the
resulting interior surfaces of the tank are smooth and free of imperfections.
3.7 CONCRETE TESTS
A. Compression test specimens and testing shall conform to ASTM C39.
B. Proportioning (or chemical analysis) tests shall conform to ASTM C-1084.
C. Frequency: At least one slump test and five test cylinders shall be taken, under the
supervision of the CI"T"Y, by an approved testing lab for every 150 cubic yards or fraction
thereof of each class of concrete used at the jobsite each day. Each cylinder shall be
coded to identify the date of delivery, the truck number, the location where the concrete
has been used and the slump measured upon discharge.
D. The specimens shall be standard test cylinders, six inches in diameter, twelve inches in
length, and they shall be prepared in accordance with ASTM C31. Molds for the
standard test cylinders shall be furnished at the expense of the CITY.
E. Determine slump of the concrete following procedures from ASTM C143 for each
strength test sample and as required to establish the concrete slump is consistent.
P. Determine air content of the concrete using procedures from ASTM C173 or C231 for
each strength test sample and as required to establish consistency.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
P:1o92901134-09290-100061DocslSpeesIGWRPphase1126 €13300 Conc Cast in placeAoc 033€ 0-15
G. Subject to the conditions outlined in this section, all costs for making and testing of
concrete and materials, by an approved recognized reputable testing laboratory, will be
bornc by the CITY.
H. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish any necessary labor to assist in obtaining and handling
the test specimens, The testing of cylinders shall be performed by an approved testing
laboratory that normally engages in the preparation of concrete mix designs and testing of
concrete materials.
1. CONTRACTOR shall provide and maintain for the sole use of the CITY's testing agency
adequate facilities for safe storage and proper curing of concrete test specimens on the
project site, as required by ASTM C31.
One cylinder compression test shall be made of each group of test of cylinders after 7, 14
and 28 days, at the CITY's option in accordance with ACI 318.
K. The evaluation of concrete compressive strength shall meet the following requirements.
The average of any three consecutive compressive strength tests shall. be equal to or
greater than the specified 28 -day strength. Not more than 10% of the tests shall be less
than specified 28 -day strength. No test shall be less than 85% of the specified 28 -day
strength.
L. If the 28 -day compressive tests fail to meet the specified minimum compressive strength,
the concrete will be assumed to be defective and one set of three cores from each area
where the low strength concrete has been placed may be taken as selected by the
ENGINEER and in accordance with ASTM C 42.
If the concrete in the structure will be dry under service conditions, cores shall be
air dried (in temperature 60 to 80'F, relative humidity less than 60 percent) for 7
days before testing, and shall be tested dry. If the concrete in the structure will
be more than superficially wet under service conditions, cores shall be immersed
in water for at least 40 hours prior to testing and tested wet.
If the average compressive strength of the three concrete cores from the same
location fails to equal 85% of the specified minimum compressive strength or if
any single core is less than 75% of the minimum compressive strength, the
concrete will be considered defective and shall be removed and replaced, all at no
cost to the CITY. Costs for coring, testing of the cores, and all required concrete
repairs shall be paid by the CONTRACTOR.
M. If one cylinder in a 28 -day test manifests evidence of improper sampling, molding, or
testing, other than low strength, discard it and test one of the remaining cylinders for the
recorded test result.
N. If requested by the ENGINEER, proportioning tests for each class of concrete delivered
to the job site, shall be made from test cylinders designated by the ENGINEER.
O. In addition to the test cylinders referred to in this Section, an additional 3 test cylinders
shall be made for each day's pour, or for every 4,000 square feet of wall and roof surface,
whichever provides the largest number of cylinders.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
P:1092901134-09290-10006SDocsiSpecs\GWRPphase1125 03300 Conc Cast in place.doc 03300-10
They shall be cured in the same manner, and in the same location of the concrete area to
be investigated. Before walls may be prestressed, or before roof -forms may be stripped,
at least one cylinder, of each batch of 3 cylinders, must be tested to verify the in-place
concrete strength meets the required compressive strength in order to proceed.
P. Proportioning tests may then be made, at the discretion of the CITY, on those groups of
cylinders that have shown low readings.
Q. Any concrete showing a cement content less than the ratio by weight established in the
original mix design will be subjected to further testing of concrete cores taken from the
concrete in question. Should these tests confirm that the specified requirements have not
been met, the extra costs involved in such testing shall be borne by CONTRACTOR; and
the concrete, at the ENGINEER's option, and at CONTRACTOR's sole expense, may be
rejected and must then be removed from the site or may be strengthened with additional
shotcrete or concrete as the situation warrants it. Should the core tests indicate that the
strength requirements have been net or if the low strength concrete is deemed acceptable
to the ENGINEER, the extra costs involved in such testing shall still be borne by the
CONTRACTOR.
3.8 CURING
A. Curing Compound
All formed concrete surfaces shall be sprayed with a concrete curing compound
as specified in Section 03300.02.13 of these specifications at an application rate
of 200 square feet per gallon, or as recommended by the product manufacturer,
whichever provides the more dense application of the product. This requirement
will be waived for formed surfaces if the forms have been left in place for at least
7 days after the concrete in the forms has been placed.
2. All concrete surfaces, exposed to drying winds and sunlight, shall be sprayed
with. a curing compound as specified in Section 03300.02.13 of these
specifications at an application rate of 200 square feet per gallon, or as
recommended by the product manufacturer, whichever provides the more dense
application of the product.
Horizontal surfaces shall be cured by application of a curing compound, as
described above AND by covering with 6 mil polyethylene sheets as soon as the
surface of the concrete is dry to the touch. The polyethylene sheets shall be
carefully taped and sealed to the concrete surface. The polyethylene sheets shall
be kept on the surface of the concrete for as long as possible, but for at least
seven (7) days, to minimize the loss of moisture trapped between the
polyethylene sheets and the concrete. Water .must be introduced between the
polyethylene sheets and the concrete, after the concrete has set, whenever drops
of moisture cannot be detected on the concrete side of the sheets.
4. Apply curing and sealing compound when surface water disappears and concrete
surface will not be marred by walking workmen.
Apply curing and sealing compound in a uniform film. Avoid forming puddles of
material in low areas.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 CAST -[N -PLACE CONCRETE
P:509290113409290-10006\Docs\SpecslGWRPphase1125 03300 Cone Cast in place.dae 03300-17
3.9
Protect horizontal surfaces from foot traffic for a minimum of 12 hours after
application of curing compound.
B. Wet Curing
After the concrete surface is dry enough not to be marred, b mil, thief
polyethylene sheets shall be carefully taped and sealed to all structural concrete
slab surfaces and kept in place as long as possible, but for at least 7 days, to
minimize the loss of moisture trapped between the polyethylene and the concrete.
The polyethylene covering will not be required for new wall construction.
2. Water must be introduced between the polyethylene sheeting and the concrete
(after the concrete has set) whenever moist drops cannot be detected on the
concrete side of the sheeting. Water for curing shall be generally clean and free
from any elements that might cause straining or discoloration of the concrete.
PROTECTION .FROM ABRASION OR FIRE
A. Every reasonable precaution shall be taken to protect finished surfaces from abrasions or
other damage.
B. Concrete surfaces or edges likely to be injured during the construction period shall be
protected by leaving the forms in place or by erecting satisfactory covers.
C. No fire shall be permitted in direct contact with concrete at any time.
END OF SECTION
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PV92901134-09290-100061DncslapecslGWRPphase1125 03300 Cnnc Cast in place.dec 03300-18
SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL
PART 1 .. GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish, fabricate, and place all structural steel and male all
connections necessary to provide a complete work and in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Codes: All codes, as referenced herein.
B. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC):
1. Specification for Structural Steel Buildings—Allowable Stress Design and
Plastic Design, excluding Section AT 1.
2. Allowable Stress Design Specification for Structural. Joints using ASTM A325
or A490 Bolts.
3. Manual of Steel Construction., Allowable Stress Design.
4. Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings.
5. Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges, excluding
Sections 3, 4, 7.11.3.3, 7.11 A, 7.11.5, and 7.13.
6. AISC Quality Certification Program.
7. AISC Erector Certification. Program..
C. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME):
1. BPVC SEC IX, Qualification Standard for Welding and Brazing Procedures,
Welders, Brazers, and Welding and Brazing
D. American Society of Nondestructive Testing (ASNT):
1. SNT-TC-.IA, Personnel Qualification and Certification in Nondestructive Testing
E. American Welding Society (AWS):
I . D 1. 1, Structural Welding Code -Steel.
2. QC l., Standard for AWS Certification of Welding Inspectors
GWRP EXPANSION – PHASE 1 STRUCTURAL STEEL
P:S092901134-09290-10fl06tDOCS1SPECSIGWRPPHASE1525 05120 STRUCTURAL STEELD00 05120-1
E. ASTM[ International (ASTM):
L A6, Standard Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Structural Steel
Bars, Plates, Shapes, and Steel Piling.
2. A36, Standard Specification for Structural Steel.
3. A53, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc -Coated
Welded and Seamless.
4. A123, Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron
and Steel Products.
5. A143, Standard Practice for Safeguarding Against Embrittlement of Hot -Dip
Galvanized Structural Steel Products and Procedures for Detecting
Embrittlement.
6. A153, Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel
Hardware.
7. A307, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI
Tensile Strength
8. A325, Standard Specification for High -Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints.
9. A384, Standard Practice for Safeguarding Against Warpage and Distortion
During Hot -Dip Galvanizing of Steel Assemblies.
10. A385, Standard Practice for Providing High -Quality Zinc Coatings (Hot -Dip).
IL A490, Standard Specification for Heat -Treated Steel Structural bolts, 150 ksi
Minimum Tensile Strength,
12. A500, Standard Specification for Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon
Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes.
13, A501, Standard Specification for Hot -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon
Steel Structural Tubing.
14. A563, Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts.
15. A572, Standard Specification. for High -Strength Low Alloy
Columbium -Vanadium Structural Steel,
16. A588, Standard Specification for High. -Strength Low Alloy Structural ,Steel With
50 ksi Minimum Yield Point to 4 in. Thick.
17, A673, Standard Specification for Sampling Procedure for Impact Testing of
Structural Steel.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 STRUCTURAL STEEL
P:109290113a-09290-100061DOCslsPECs1GW RPPHASEI125 05120 STRUCTURAL 8TEFL.noc 055120-2
18. A780, Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot -Dip
Galvanized Coatings.
19. A992, Standard Specification for Steel for Structural Shapes for Use in Building
Frames.
20, B695, Standard Specification for Coatings of Zinc Mechanically Deposited on
Iron and Steel.
21. 1436, Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers.
22. F959, Standard Specification for Compressible -Washer -Type Direct Tension
Indicators for Use with. Structural Fasteners.
23. F1852, Standard Specification for "Twist Off' Type Tension Control Structural
Bolt/Nut/Washer Assemblies, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/150 ksi Minimum. Tensile
Strength.
.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Action Submittals:
1. Provide shop drawings showing erection plans, member size and their
connections.
2. Anchor bolt layouts.
3. Hardened washer details (if applicable).
4. Joint details for complete penetration welds.
5. Schedules for fabrication procedures.
6. Primer and other coatings for items in this Section.
7. Mame and address of manufacturer(s).
8. Product specifications.
9. Manufacturers' testing procedures and standards.
10. Preparation and installation or application instructions, as appropriate.
B. Informational Submittals:
1. Mill Certificates of tests made in accordance with ASTM A6.
2. High -Strength Botts (Plain Noncoated and Hot -Dip Galvanized):
a. Certificates of Compliance that products meet chemical and mechanical
requirements of standards specified.
GW RP EXPANSION -- PHASE 1 STRUCTURAL STEEL
P:1092901134-092911-100061DOCSiSPECSIG W RPPHASE1 US 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL .DOC 05120-3
b. Manufacturer's inspection test report results for production lot(s)
furnished, to include:
1) Tensile strength.
2) Yield strength.
3) Reduction of area.
4) Elongation and hardness.
3. Certified Mill Test Reports for Bolts and Nuts:
a. Name and address of manufacturer.
b. Bolts correctly marked.
C. Marked bolts and nuts used in required mill tests and manufacturer's
inspection tests.
4. Direct Tension Indicators (DTIs): Furnish manufacturer's test report meeting
requirements of ASTM F959.
5. Tension Control (TC) Bolts: Furnish manufacturer's test report meeting
requirements of ASTM A325 and ASTM F1852.
6. Methods proposed to resolve misalignment between anchor bolts and bolt holes
in steel. members.
7. Welding Procedures, Qualifications, and Inspection Report.
8. AISC Quality Certification: AISC certificate showing name and address of
certified firm, effective date, and category of certification.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Mill identification marks in accordance with ASTM A6,
B. AISC Quality Certification for Fabricator: Conventional Steel Structures (Sbd).
C. Welding Qualifications:
I. Welding Procedure Specifications: In accordance with AWS D1.1 (Annex E) or
ASME BPVC SEC IX (Forms QW -482 and QW483).
2. Welder/Welding Operator Performance Qualifications: In accordance with AWS
D1.1 (Annex E), or ASME BPVC SEC IX (Form QW -484).
3. Certified Welding Inspector: Certified in accordance with AWS QCI, and
having prior experience with the welding codes specified.
4. Tasting Agency: Personnel performing tests shall be Nondestructive Testing
Level lI Certified in accordance with ASNT SNT-TC-1A.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 STRUCTURAL STEEL
P:\092905134-09290-10006\DOCSISPECStGWRPPHASEll25 05120 STRUCTURAL STEELDOC 05120-4
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: Load structural members in such a manner that they will be transported and
unloaded without damage to coatings and without being excessively stressed, deformed,
or otherwise damaged.
B. Storage:
1. Protect structural steel members and packaged materials from corrosion and
deterioration.
2. Store in dry area and not in direct contact with ground.
3. Protect fasteners from dirt and moisture. Do not remove lubricant from bolts and
nuts.
4. Handle materials to avoid distortion or damage to members or supporting
structures.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Rolled Plates, Shapes except W -Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A36, unless indicated
otherwise.
B. W -Shapes: ASTM A992, unless indicated otherwise on Drawings.
C. Plate material for frame connections shall be ASTM A572, Grade 50, where indicated on
Drawings.
D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Type E or S, Grade B.
E. Square and Rectangular Hollow Structural Sections (HSS): ASTM A500, Grade B (Fy
equals 46 ksi).
2.2 FASTENERS
A. High -Strength Bolts: ASTM A325 or ASTM A490, bolt type 1, galvanized. Bolt length
and thread length shall be as required for the connection type shown, with hardened
washers as required.
B. Direct Tension Indicators (DTIs) or Load Indicator Washers:
1, ASTM F959, coating type to match bolt finish.
2. Type A325 or A490, to match bolt type.
3. Manufacturers and Products:
a. TurnaSure LLC, Langhorne, PA; DTI's.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 STRUCTURAL STEED.
P:1092901134-49290-100061DOCSVSPECSIGWRPPHA$E1t25 06120 STRUCTURAL STEEL.DCC 05120-5
b. Applied Bolting Technology Products, Ludlow, VT; DTI's, regular or
Squirter type.
C. Tension Control (TC) Bolts:
1. High-strength, ASTM A325and Fl 852,
2. Manufacturers:
a. LeJeune Bolt Company, Burnsville, MN.
b. Nucor Fastener, Saint Joe, N.
C. T.S. Bolts and Tools, Bristol Machine Co., Walnut, CA.
d. Haydon Bolts, Philadelphia, PA.
C. Vermont Fasteners Manufacturing, Swanton., VT.
D. Machine Bolts (M.B.): ASTM A307
E. Nuts: ASTM A563, type to match bolt type and finish.
F. Hardened Steel flat and Beveled Washers: ASTM F436, type to match bolt finish.
G. Welded Shear Studs: As specified in Section 05500, METAL FABRICATIONS AND
CASTINGS.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. General:
1. Fabricate as shown and in accordance with AISC Specification For Structural
Steel Buildings and AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and
Bridges.
2. Columns shall be full length members without splices, unless shown otherwise
or approved by ENGINEER.
3. Mark and match mark materials for field assembly.
4. Complete assembly, including bolting and welding of units, before start of
finishing operations.
5. Fabricate to agree with field measurements.
B. Connections:
1. Shop Connections: Weld or bolt, as shown.
2. Meet requirements of AISC Manual of Steel Construction tables for bolted
double -angle shear connections, unless indicated otherwise.
3. Meet OSHA requirements for one independent bolt at beams framing in to
column web connections.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 STRUCTURAL STEEL
P:1092901134-09290-100061DQCSISPECSIGWRPPHASEIi2505120 STRUCTURAL STEELDOC 05120-6
4. Provide oversized holes for anchor bolts in column base plates in accordance
with AISC Manual of Steel Construction, unless indicated otherwise.
C. Welded Construction:
1. Conform to governing welding codes for type of weld and material for each
weld.
2. Groove and Butt Joint Welds: Complete penetration, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Interface with Other Work:
D. Holes:
1. As necessary or as indicated for securing other Work to structural steel framing,
and for passage of other Work through steel framing members.
2. No flame -cut holes will be permitted without prior approval of ENGINEER.
3. Weld threaded nuts to framing, and other specialty items as shown to receive
other Work.
E. Shop Paint Primer:
I . Surface Preparation and painting as recommended by the manufacturer.
2. Do not shop prime the following surfaces, unless indicated otherwise:
a. Faying surfaces of slip critical bolted connections.
b. Within 2 inches of field -welded connections.
C. Steel members to be completely encased in reinforced concrete.
F. Galvanizing:
1. Fabricate steel to be galvanized in accordance with ASTM: A143, A384,
and A385. Avoid fabrication techniques that could cause distortion or
embrittlement of steel.
2. Remove welding slag, splatter, burrs, grease, oil, paint, lacquer, and other
deleterious material prior to delivery for galvanizing.
3. Remove by blast cleaning or other methods surface contaminants and coatings
not removable by normal chemical cleaning process in the galvanizing operation.
4. Hot -dip galvanize steel members, fabrications, and assemblies after fabrication
in accordance with ASTM A123.
5. Hot -dip galvanize A325 bolts, nuts, washers, and hardware components in
accordance with ASTM A153.
6. Oversize holes to allow for zinc alloy growth.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 STRUCTURAL STEEL
P:1092901134-09290-100061DOCSISPECSSGWRPPHASE1125 05120 STRUCTURAL. STEEL.DOC 05120-7
7. Shop assemble bolts, nuts, and washers with special lubricant and test in
accordance with ASTM A325 and A563.
8. Tension -control (TC) bolts, nuts, and washers shall be mechanically zinc coated
in accordance with ASTM I" 1852 and B695, Class 50.
9. Galvanize components of bolted assemblies separately before assembly.
G. Slip Critical Bolted Connections:
Mask faying surfaces of slip critical (SC) bolted connections to be shop painted.
2. Roughen galvanized faying surfaces with hand wire brushing.
2.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Welding:
Visually inspect fabrication welds in accordance with AWS DI.1, Section 6 and
Table 6. 1, Visual. Inspection Acceptance Criteria.
2. The Engineer will perform the following inspection and testing of fabrication
welds.
a. Groove welds:
1) Radiographic (RT) or ultrasonic (UT) testing for 10 percent of
randomly selected welds, unless otherwise indicated.
2) Use RT only for butt joint groove welds.
b. Pillet welds larger than 5116 -inch: Liquid penetrant (PT) or magnetic
particle (MT) for 10 percent of randomly selected welds, unless
otherwise indicated.
C. All Welds: 100 percent visually inspected (VT).
3. The Certified Welding Inspector (CWI) shall perform inspection prior and
during assembly, during welding, and after welding. CWI duties include:
a. Verifying conformance of specified job material and proper storage.
b. Monitoring conformance with approved Welding Procedure
Specification.
C. Monitoring conformance of Welder/Welding Operator Performance
Qualification.
d. Inspecting weld joint fit -up and in -process inspection.
C. Providing 100 percent visual inspection of all welds.
f Supervising nondestructive testing personnel and evaluating test results.
g. Maintaining records and preparing report confirming results of
inspection and testing comply with the Work.
3. Repair and retest rejected weld defects until sound weld metal has been
deposited in accordance with appropriate welding codes.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 STRUCTURAL STEEL
P:1092901134-09290-100061DOCSlSPECSIGWRPPHASE1i25 05120 STRUCTURAL, STEEL.DOC 05120-8
B. Special inspection of fabrication process and shop welding will be provided by OWNER
as indicated on Drawings.
C. Hot -Dip Galvanizing:
1. An independent testing agency, will be retained by OWNER to inspect and test
hot -dip galvanized fabricated items in accordance with. ASTM A123 and A153.
2. Visually inspect and test for thickness and adhesion of zinc coating for minimum
of three test samples from each lot in accordance with ASTM A123 and A153.
3. Reject and retest nonconforming articles in accordance with ASTM A 123
and A153.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3. 1 STEEL MEMBER ERECTION
A. Meet requirements of AISC Specification for Structural Steel Buildings and RISC Code
of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges, with exceptions as specified.
B. CONTRACTOR is responsible for design and installation of temporary bracing to
support components as erection proceeds.
C, High -Strength Bolted Connections:
Tighten in accordance with AISC Specification for Structural Joints Using
ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts.
2. Hardened Washers:
a. Provide at locations required by Washer Requirements section of AISC
Specification for Structural. Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts, to
include slip critical connections using slotted or oversized boles or
A490 bolts.
b. Use beveled style and extra thickness where required by AISC
Specification.
C. Use square or rectangular beveled washers at inner flange surfaces of
American Standard beams and channels.
d. Do not substitute DTIs for hardened flat washers required at slotted and
oversize holes.
3. For bearing -type connections not fully tensioned (N, X), tighten to snug tight
condition. Use hardened washer over slotted or oversize holes in. outer plies.
D. Fully Tensioned Bolted Connections:
1, Use DTIs or TC bolts at slip critical (SC) and fully tensioned (FT) bearing -type
connections.
GWRP EXPANSION -- PHASE 1 STRUCTURAL STEEL
P;1092901134-09290-100065DOC$%SPECSIGWRPPHASE1125 05120 STRUCTURAL STEELLOC 05120-9
2. DTIs:
a. Position within bolted assembly in accordance with ASTM F959.
b. Install bolts, with DTIs plus hardened washers as required, in all holes of
an assembly and tighten until plies are in firm contact and fasteners are
uniformly snug tight.
3. Final tighten bolts, beginning at most rigid part of bolted connection and
progressing toward free edges, until final twist -off of TC bolts or until DTIs have
been compressed to an average gap equal to or less than shown in Table 2,
ASTM F959.
F. Welded Connections:
1. Welding and Fabrication by Welding: Conform to AWS D1.1 Structural
Welding Code based on material and type of weld.
2. Groove and Butt Joint Welds: Complete penetration, unless otherwise indicated.
3.2 ANCHOR BOLTS
A. Coordinate installation of anchor bolts and other connectors required for securing
structural steel to in-place work.
B. Provide templates and other devices for presetting bolts and other anchors to accurate
locations.
C. Projection of anchor bolts beyond face of concrete and threaded length shall be adequate
to allow for full engagement of all threads of hold-down nuts, adjustment of leveling
nuts, washer thicknesses, and construction tolerances, unless indicated otherwise.
D. Placement Tolerances:
1. As required by AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges,
unless indicated otherwise.
2. Embedded anchor bolts shall not vary from the dimensions as shown on
Drawings by more than the following:
a. Center to center of any two bolts within an anchor group: 118 inch.
b. Center to center of adjacent anchor bolt groups: 114 inch.
C. Variation from perpendicular to theoretical bearing surface: 1:50.
3.3 SETTING BASES AND REARING PLATES
A. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond reducing materials and roughen to
improve bond to bearing surfaces.
B. Clean bottom surface of base and bearing plates.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 STRUCTURAL STEEL
P:%092901134-49290-1000851)OCSiSPECSIGWRPPHASE112505120 STRUCTURAL STEELDOC 05120-10
C. Set loose and attached base plates and bearing plates for structural members on wedges,
shims, leveling nuts, or other adjustable devices. Use leveling plates where indicated on
Drawings.
D. Tighten anchor bolts after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do
not remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut off flush with edge of base or bearing
plate prior to placing grout. Weld plate washers to base plates where indicated in
Drawings.
E. Grout under base plates prior to placing loads on structure.
3.4 FIELD ASSEMBLY
A. Set structural frames accurately to lines and elevations shown.
B. Clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact before
assembly.
C. Align and adjust various members forming a part of a complete frame or structure before
permanently fastening.
D. Level and plumb individual members of structure within tolerances shown in AISC Code
of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges.
E. Establish required leveling and plumbing measurements on mean operating temperature
of structure. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and
mean temperature at which structure will be completed and in service.
F. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for minor discrepancies in elevations and
aligmnent.
G. Provide additional field connection material as required by AISC Code of Standard
Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges.
H. Splice members only where indicated and accepted on shop drawings.
3.5 MISFITS AT BOLTER CONNECTIONS
A. Where misfits in erection bolting are encountered, immediately notify ENGINEER for
approval of one of the following methods of correction:
1. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts and use oversized bolts.
2. Plug weld misaligned holes and redrill holes to admit standard size bolts.
3, Drill additional holes in connection, conforming with AISC Standards for bolt
spacing and end and edge distances, and add additional bolts.
4. Reject member containing misfit, incorrect sized, or misaligned holes and
fabricate new member to ensure proper fit.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 STRUCTURAL STEEL_
P:1092901134-09290-100061DOCS\SPECS\GWRPPHASE1t25 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL.D©C 05120-11
B. Do not enlarge incorrectly sized or misaligned holes in members by burning or using a
drift pin.
3.6 MISFITS AT ANCHOR BOLTS
A. Resolve misalignments between anchor bolts and bolt holes in steel members in
accordance with approved submittal.
B. Do not flame cut to enlarge holes without prior approval of ENGINEER.
3.7 GAS CUTTING
A. Do not use gas cutting torches in field for correcting fabrication errors in structural
framing.
B. Secondary .members not under stress and concealed in finished structure may be
corrected by gas cutting torches, if approved by ENGINEER.
C. Finish flame -cut sections equivalent to sheared and punched appearance.
3.8 REPAIR AND CLEANING
A. Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of
shop primer.
B. Remove and grind smooth tack welds, fit -up -lugs, and weld runoff tabs.
C. Remove weld back-up bars and grind smooth where indicated on Drawings.
D. Apply touchup paint primer by brush or spray of same thickness and material as that
used in shop application.
3.9 REPAIR OF DAMAGED HOT -DIP GALVANIZED COATING
A. Conform to ASTM A780.
B. For minor repairs at abraded areas, use sprayed zinc conforming to ASTM: A780.
C. For flame cut or welded areas, use zinc -based solder, or zinc sticks, conforming to
ASTM A780.
D. Use magnetic gauge to determine that thickness is equal to or greater than base
galvanized coating.
3.14 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. High -Strength Bolted Connections:
1. An independent testing agency will be retained by OWNER to perform the
following inspection and testing in accordance with the AISC Specification for
Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts:
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 STRUCTURAL STEEL
P:1092901134-09290-10406VOOC&SPECSIGWRPPHASE152505120 STRUCTURAL STEEL.D00 05120-12
a. Marling identification. and conformance to ASTM standards.
b. Alignment of bolt holes.
C. Placement, type, and thickness of hardened washers.
d. Tightening of bolts.
2. Bearing -Type Connections Not Fully Tensioned (N, X): Snug tight condition
with plies of joint in firm contact.
3. Fully Tensioned (FT) Bearing and Slip Critical (SC) Connections:
a. Conduct preinstallation test.
b. Monitor installation and tightening of DTIs or TC bolts.
C. Monitor condition of faying surfaces for slip critical connections.
4. Preinstallation Test:
a. Conduct jobs ite test prior to start of work using a bolt tension measuring
device.
b. Select representative sample of not less than three bolts of each
diameter, length, and grade.
C. Include DTIs and Bat hardened washers as required to match actual
connection assembly.
d. Conduct test in accordance with Specification for Structural Joints Using
ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts.
5, Nondestructive Testing (NDT) Report: Prepare and submit a written NDT report
identifying location of inspected bolted connections and summary of corrections
as required to meet code acceptance criteria.
6. Defective Connections: Correct and reinspect defective and improperly tightened
high-strength bolted connections. Retest fully tensioned bolts as necessary to
demonstrate compliance of completed work.
B. Welded Connections:
I. Visually inspect field welds in accordance with AWS Dl .1, Section 6 and
Table 6. 1, Visual Inspection Acceptance Criteria.
2. An independent testing agency will be retained by OWNER to perform the
following inspection and testing of field welds.
3. Unless otherwise specified, perform nondestructive testing (NDT) of welds at a
spot testing frequency as shown below in accordance with the referenced
welding codes. Perforin ultrasonic on complete joint penetration groove welds
that cannot be readily radiographed. In case there is a conflict the higher
frequency level of NDT shall apply:
a. Complete Joint Penetration (CJP) Butt Joint Welds: 10 percent random
Radiographic (RT).
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 STRUCTURAL STEEL
P:109290113R-09290-100061DOCSISPECSSG W RPPHASE1125 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL.DOC 05120-13
b. Groove Welds:
1) Radiographic (RT) or ultrasonic (UT) testing for 10 percent of
randomly selected welds, unless otherwise indicated.
2) Use RT only for butt joint groove welds.
C. Fillet Welds Larger Than 5/16 Inch: Liquid penetrant (PT) or magnetic
particle (MT) testing for 10 percent of randomly selected welds, unless
otherwise indicated.
d. Partial Joint Penetration (PJP) Groove Welds: 10 percent random PT or
MT
C. All Welds: 100 percent visually inspected (VT).
4. Weld Acceptance:
a. Visual Testing:
1) Structural Pipe and Tubing: AWS D1.1, paragraph 6.9, Visual
Inspection, Tubular Connections.
2) All Other Structural Steel: AWS D1.1, paragraph 6.9, Visual
Inspection, Statically Loaded Nontubular Connections.
3) Stud Connections: AWS D1.1, paragraph T8.1.
b. Ultrasonic Testing: Perform UT of CJP groove welds in accordance
with .AWS D1.1, paragraph 6.13.3, Class R Indications.
C. Radiographic Testing: Perform RT of CJP butt joint welds in
accordance with AWS D1.1, paragraph 6.12.1.
d. PT or MT:
1) Perform on fillet and PJP groove welds in accordance with
AWS D1.1, paragraph 6.10.
2) Acceptance shall be in accordance with VT standards specified
above.
5. The CWI shall be present whenever field welding is performed. The CWI small
perform inspections prior and during assembly, during and after welding. CWI
duties include:
a. Verifying conformance of specified job material and proper storage.
b. Monitoring conformance with approved WPS.
C. Monitoring conformance of WPQ.
d. Inspecting weld joint fit -up and in -process inspection.
e. Providing 100 percent visual inspection of all welds.
f. Supervising nondestructive testing personnel and evaluating test results.
g. Maintaining records and preparing report confirming results of
inspection. and testing comply with the Work.
6. Repair and retest rejected weld defects until sound weld metal has been.
deposited in accordance with appropriate welding codes.
C. Special inspection will be provided by OWNER as indicated on Drawings.
END OF SECTION
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 STRUCTURAL STEEL
P'.�0929€ \134-09290-10006tDOCS\SPECSNGW RPPHAS 1125 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL DOC 05120-14
SECTION 15000 - PIPING, GENERAL
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install all piping systems shown and specified, in
accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Each system shall be complete
with all necessary fittings, supports, anchors, valves, accessories, lining and coating, testing,
disinfection, excavation, backfill and encasement, to provide a Rinctional installation.
B. The piping shown is intended to define the general layout, configuration, routing, method of
support, pipe size, and pipe type. The mechanical drawings are not pipe construction or
fabrication drawings. It is the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to develop the details
necessary to construct all mechanical piping systems, to accommodate the specific equipment
provided, and to provide and install all spools, spacers, adapters, connectors, etc., for a
complete and functional system.
3_.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Section 02650 Steel Pipe
B. Section 03310 Cast -in -Place Concrete.
C. Section 05500 Miscellaneous Metalwork.
D. Division 15 as applicable. Piping, Accessories, and Valves.
E. Codes: All codes, as referenced herein.
F. Commercial Standards:
ANSIIASME 131.20.1 Pipe Threads, General Purpose (inch).
ANSI B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Steel Nickel Alloy and
other Special Alloys.
ANNSI/AWWA C207 Steel Pipe Flanges for Water Works Service, Sizes 4 in
through 144 in.
ANSI/AWWA C606 Grooved and Shouldered Joints.
ANSI/AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code.
ASTM A 307 Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 6,000 psi
Tensile.
ASTM A 325 Specification for High -Strength Bolts for Structural Steel
Joints.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE I PIPING, GENERAL
P:V092901134-09290-100061Docs\Specs�GWRPphase1125 15000 Piping Generai.doc 15000-1
ASTM D 792
Displacement.
ASTM D 2000
Applications.
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
Test Methods for Specific Gravity and Density of Plastics by
Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive
A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit complete shop drawings and certificates, test reports,
affidavits of compliance, of all. piping systems. The shop drawings shall include all necessary
dimensions and details on pipe joints, fittings, fitting specials, valves, appurtenances, design
calculations, and material lists. The submittals shall include detailed layout, spool, or
fabrication drawings which show all pipe spools, spacers, adapters, connectors, fittings, and
pipe supports necessary to accommodate the equipment and valves provided in a complete
and functional system.
B. All expenses incurred in making samples for certification of tests shall be borne by the
CONTRACTOR.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall submit as part of the shop drawings a statement from the pipe
fabricator certifying that all pipes will be fabricated subject to a recognized Quality Control
Program. An outline of the program shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for review prior to
the fabrication of any pipe.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Inspection: All pipe shall be subject to inspection at the place of manufacture. During the
manufacture of the pipe, the ENGINEER shall be given access to all areas where
manufacturing is in progress and shall be permitted to make all inspections necessary to
confirm compliance with the Specifications.
B. Tests: Except where otherwise specified, all materials used in the manufacture of the pipe
shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Specifications and Standards. Welds shall be
tested as specified.
C. Welding Requirements: All welding procedures used to fabricate pipe shall be prequalified
under the provisions of ANSFAWS D 1.1. Welding procedures shall be required for, but not
necessarily limited to, longitudinal and girth or spiral welds for pipe cylinders, spigot and bell
ring attachments, reinforcing plates and ring flange welds, and plates for lug connections.
D. Welder Qualifications: All welding shall be done by skilled welders, welding operators, and
tackers who have had adequate experience in the methods and materials to be used. Welders
shall be qualified under the provisions ofANSFAW S D 1.1 by an independent local, approved
testing agency not more than 6 months prior to commencing work on the pipeline. Machines
and electrodes similar to those used in the WORK shall be used in qualification tests.
1.5 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE
Where the assistance of a manufacturer's service representative is advisable, in order to obtain perfect
pipe joints, supports, or special connections, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish such assistance.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 PIPING, GENERAL
P:109290i134-09290-100061OocslSpecs\GWRPphase1125 15000 Piping General.doe 15000-2
1.6 MATERIAL DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
All piping materials, fittings, valves, and accessories shall be delivered in a clean and undamaged
condition and stored off the ground, to provide protection against oxidation caused by ground contact.
All defective or damaged materials shall be replaced with new materials.
1.7 CLEANUP
After completion of the work, all remaining pipe cuttings, joining and wrapping materials, and other
scattered debris, shall be removed from the site. The entire piping system shall be handed over in a
clean and functional condition.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. All pipes, fittings, and appurtenances shall be furnished in accordance with the requirements
of the applicable Sections of Divisions 2 and 15 and as specified herein.
B. Pipe Supports: All pipes shall be adequately supported in accordance with the requirements of
the applicable Sections of Divisions 2 and 15 and as specified herein.
C. Lining: All requirements pertaining to thickness, application, and curing of pipe lining, are in
accordance with the requirements of the applicable Sections of Division 2, unless otherwise
specified.
D. Coating: All requirements pertaining to thickness, application, and curing of pipe coating, are
in accordance with the requirements of the applicable Sections of Division 2, unless otherwise
specified. Pipes above ground or in structures shall be field -painted as indicated as specified.
E. Pressure Rating: All piping systems shall be designed for the maximum expected pressure as
shown on the piping schedule.
F. Grooved Piping Systems: Piping systems with grooved joints acid fittings maybe provided in
lieu of screwed, flanged, welded, or mechanical joint systems for steel and ductile iron yard
piping. (All piping above and below ground within the property limits of treatment plants,
pump stations, and similar installations). All grooved couplings on buried piping must be
bonded. To assure uniform and compatible piping components, all grooved fittings,
couplings, and valves shall be from the same manufacturer. The CONTRACTOR shall make
the coupling manufacturer responsible for the selection of the correct style of coupling and
gasket for each individual location.
2.2 PIPE FLANGES
A. .flanges: Where the design pressure is 1.50 psi or less, flanges shall conform to either
ANSI/AWWA C207 Class D or ANSI B16.5 150 ib class. Where the design pressure is
greater than 150 psi, up to a maximum of 275 psi, flanges shall conform to either
ANSI/AWWA C207 Class E, Class F, or ANSI B16.5 150 lb class. Where the design
pressure is greater than 275 psi up to a maximum of 700 psi, flanges shall conform to ANSI
B16.5 300 lb class. Flanges shall have flat faces and shall be attached with bolt holes
straddling the vertical axis of the pipe unless otherwise shown. Attachment of the flanges to
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 PIPING, GENERAL
RM2905134.09290-100061Docs\SpecslGW RPphasel125 15000 Piping Ganerai.doc 15000-3
the pipe shall conform to the applicable requirements of ANSUAWWA C207. Flanges for
miscellaneous small pipes shall be in accordance with the standards specified for these pipes.
B. Flange Coating: All machined faces of i ctal blind flanges and pipe flanges shall be coated
with a temporary rust inhibitive coating to protect the metal until the installation is completed.
C, Flange Bolts: All Studs and bolts shall extend through the nuts a minimum of 114 inch. All
thread studs shall be used on all valve flange connections, where space restrictions preclude
the use of regular bolts.
D, Flange Gaskets: Gaskets for flanged joints shall be full-faced, 1116 inch thick compressed
sheets of aramid fiber base, with nitrile binder and non-stick coating, suitable for temperatures
to 700 degrees F, a pH of one to eleven, and pressures to 1000 prig. Blind flanges shall have
gaskets covering the entire inside face of the blind flange and shall be cemented to the blind
flange, Ring gaskets shall not be permitted.
E, Flange Gasket Manufacturers, or Equal:
John Crane, style 2160;
Garlock, style 3000.
2.3 MECHANICAL-TY.PE COUPLINGS (GROOVED OR BANDED PIPE)
A. General: Cast mechanical -type couplings shall be provided where shown. The couplings
shall conform to the requirements of ANSUAWWA C606. All gaskets for mechanical -type
couplings shall be compatible with the piping service and fluid utilized, in accordance with
the coupling manufacturer's recommendations. The wall thickness of all grooved piping shall
conform with the coupling manufacturer's recommendations to suit the highest expected
pressure.
B. Couplings for Steel Pipe, Manufacturers, or Equal:
1. Gustin-Bacon (banded or grooved);
2. Victaulic Style 41 or 44 (banded);
3. Victaulic Style 77 or 07 (grooved).
2.4 PIPE THREADS
All pipe threads shall be in accordance with ANSI/ASME B 1.20.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. All pipes, fittings, and appurtenances shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of
the applicable Sections of Divisions 2 and 15. The lining manufacturer shall take full
responsibility for the complete, final product and its application. All pipe ends and joints at
screwed flanges shall be epoxy coated, to assure continuous protection.
ENI} OF SECTION
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 PIPING, GENERAL
PA092901134-€39290-1000M!DocslSpecs\GWRPphase1125 15000 Piping General.doc 155000-4
SECTION 15104 - BUTTERFLY VALVES
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install manually operated butterfly valves, complete and
operable, as shown and specified herein., including epoxy coating, appurtenances, operators, and
accessories, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 BUTTERFLY VALVES (AWWA)
A. General: Butterfly valves shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C504 subject to the following
requirements. Valves shall be of the size and class shown. Flanged valves shall have 125 lb
American Standard flanges and unless otherwise shown, may be either short -bodied or long
bodied. Shaft seals shall be designed for use with standard split V type packing, or other
acceptable seal. The interior passage of butterfly valves shall not have any obstructions or
stops. The rubber seat shall be positively clamped or bonded into the disc or body of the
valve, but cartridge type seats shall not be acceptable.
. Coating: All corrosive ferrous surfaces of valves, 4 inch and larger, which will be in contact
with water, exclusive of flange faces shall be epoxy -coated.
C. Manual Operators: Operators shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C504, subject to the following
requirements. Unless otherwise shown, all manually operated butterfly valves shall be
equipped with a handwheel and 2 inch square operating nut and position indicator. Screw
type operators will not be permitted for valves 30 inches in diameter and larger.
D. Valves, 30 -inches and larger, as well as submerged and buried valves, shall be equipped with
worm gear operators, lubricated and sealed to prevent entry of dirt or water into the operator.
E. Manufacturers, or Equal:
1. Keystone Tyco;
2. De Zurik Corporation;
3. Bray;
4. Henry Pratt Company.
PARI" 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
Valves shall be located and installed as shown on the Drawings.
END OF SECTION
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 BUTTERFLY VALVES
P:5092901134-09290-100061DocslSpecs%GW RPphase1425 1 51 04 Butterfly Valves.doc 15104-1
SECTION 16000 - ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
This Section includes materials, installation, and testing of the electrical system.
1.2 RELATED WORK
A. hrstrumentation and Control Requirements: 17000
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the General Provisions and the following.
B. Complete fabrication, assembly, and installation drawings, wiring and schematic
diagrams; and details, specifications, and data covering the materials used and the parts,
devices, and accessories forming a part of the equipment furnished shall be submitted in
accordance with the submittals section. Submittal data shall be groped and submitted
complete. Individual drawings and data sheets submitted at random intervals will not be
accepted for review. Instrument tag numbers indicated on the contract drawings shall be
referenced where applicable. Submittal data for multifunctional instruments shall
include complete descriptions of the intended functions and configurations of the
instruments.
C. Where instruction booklets cover more than one specific model or range of instrument,
product data sheets shall be included which indicate the instrument model number,
calibrated range, and all other special features. A complete set of "as -built wiring,
fabrication., and inter connection drawings shall be included with the manuals.
D. Submit AutoCAD (latest version) format digital drawing files for all shop drawings in
addition to hard copy requirements in accordance with the General Provisions.
1.4 REGULATORY AGENCIES AND STANDARDS
A. Regulatory Agencies: Installations, materials, equipment, and workmanship shall
conform to the applicable provisions of the following agencies:
National Electrical Code (NEC), 1999 Edition.
State Department of Industrial Safety (CAL/OSHA).
3. Local authorities having lawful jurisdiction pertaining to the work required.
B. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL): Materials, appliances, equipment, and devices
shall conform to the applicable UL standards. The label of, or listing by, UL is required
wherever applicable.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
P:1092901134-09290-100ii61Uocs15pecslGWRPphase1125 16000 Eiec Regts.doc 16000-1
C. Standards: Where referenced in these specifications or on the drawings, the publications
and standards of the following organizations apply:
American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM)
2. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
3. National Eire Protection Association (N'A'PA)
4. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
5. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
6. Insulated power Cable Engineers Association (IPCEA).
1.5 INDUSTRY REGULATIONS AND LAWS
In case of difference between the building codes, Specifications, State law, local ordinances,
industry standards, utility company regulations, fire insurance carrier's requirements, and the
contract documents, the most stringent shall govern. The Contractor shall promptly notify the
Owner in writing of such differences.
1.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Payment for the work in this section shall be included as part of the bid amount stated in the
Proposal.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Similar materials and equipment shall be the product of a single manufacturer.
B. Provide only products which are new, undamaged, and in the original cartons or
containers.
C. Materials and equipment shall be the standard products of manufacturers regularly
engaged in the production of such material and shall be the manufacturer's current
design.
D. Materials and equipment shall be suitable for storage, installation, and operation in an
ambient of 0 C to 50 C except where more stringent conditions are stated in individual
equipment specifications.
E. Electrical equipment and panels shall be factory finished with manufacturer's standard
primer and enamel topcoats, unless stated otherwise in the individual equipment
specifications. Provide I pint of the equipment manufacturer's touchup paint per 500
square feet of painted surface for repair of damaged enamel topcoats.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
P:10&290\134-09290-100061DocsSSpecsSGW RPphase1125 18000 Elec Regts.doc 16000-2
3.1 OPERATION, MAINTENANCE, AND REPAIR MANUALS
A. The organization of the initial submittals as required by these contract documents shall
be compatible to eventual inclusion as one volume of the operation, maintenance, and
repair manuals.
B. Operation manuals shall be prepared and submitted to the Owner's Representative for
preliminary review in six copies. When the Owner's Representative is satisfied that these
are complete and properly prepared, six final sets shall be delivered to the Owner's
Representative.
C. The complete operation manual shall contain all the information included in the
preliminary equipment submittal, the detailed installation submittal, programming
instructions, and the additional information required herein, all bound in hard -cover
binders and arranged for convenient use including tab sheets, all indexed and cross
referenced, and all final as -built drawings.
D. The operation manuals shall contain:
Operating instructions written for the benefit of plant operating personnel for
normal operational conditions,
2. Calibration and maintenance instructions,
3. Trouble -shooting instructions
4. Instructions for ordering replacement parts.
2.1 AS -BUILT 'DRAWINGS
A. As -built drawings shall be submitted at the completion of work, which depict the final
configuration of all installed equipment. All shop drawings shall be updated by the
originator to "as -built" status. As -built drawings shall be provided to the Owner in both
hardcopy and digital formats. Digital format shall be AutoCAD (latest version).
B. The Contractor shall clearly indicate on As -Built plans the following information:
I . All conduit runs exactly as installed.
2. Location of all underground conduits.
3. Forming, cabling, and identification of all power and control circuits within pull
boxes, and terminal boxes.
4. All changes and/or deviations in locations, routing, or dimensions or additions to
any part of the Electrical work.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
P:i09290V134-09290-100004Decs5SpecsIGWRPpthase1125 16000 Elec Regts.doc 16000-3
5. Interior views of each pull box identifying each conduit entrance by conduit
number.
Complete and accurate wiring, schematic, and interconnecting wiring diagrams
for all equipment supplied and all work performed.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. The drawings indicate connections for typical equipment only. If the equipment
furnished is different from what is shown, provide the modifications necessary for a safe
and properly operating installation in accordance with the equipment manufacturer's
recommendations.
B. The drawings indicate diagrammatically the desired location and arrangement of outlets,
conduit runs, equipment, and other items. Field determine exact location based on
physical size and arrangement of equipment, finished elevations, and obstructions.
C. Work or equipment not indicated or specified which is necessary for the complete and
proper operation of the electrical systems shall be accomplished without additional cost
to the Owner.
D. The equipment to be furnished under this specification shall meet the seismic
requirements outlined in Chapter 23 of the Uniform Building Code in Seismic Zone 4.
All electrical equipment and materials shall be capable of operating successfully at full -
rated load, without failure, at an ambient temperature of 40°C (104°F). All materials
installed in tunnels shall be suitable for outdoor installation.
3.2 FOREIGN POWER ISOLATION IN EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES
A. Provide foreign power circuit isolation devices in equipment enclosures. PLC
input/output circuits for example, are a source of foreign power when they exist in an
equipment enclosure such as a local control panel which has a separate source of control
power. Circuits which are a source of foreign power shall pass through an isolation
device where the wiring enters the equipment enclosure. Isolation devices are required
in control cabinets, MCC buckets, etc., to provide an easily accessible isolation point,
whenever the power source for the circuit would be considered foreign power in the
enclosure. Isolation devices shall be clearly labeled.
B. Equipment manufacturers shall supply isolation devices integral with their equipment
whenever possible.
C. Devices shall allow for the operation of equipment with doors open to allow for testing
and/or maintenance.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for supplying .isolation devices as needed such that
the complete system of power distribution installed at the facility complies with this
specification.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
R%092905134-09290-10006lDocsSSpecsYGWRPphase1125 16000 Elec Rcgls.doc 16000-4
3.3
3.4
IDENTIFICATIONS AND SIGNS
Mark each individual panelboard, motor controller, power panel, transformer, circuit breaker,
disconnect switch, timer, relay, and contractor to identify each item with its respective service or
function. Provide nameplates with engraved lettering not less than 1/4 inch high. Use black -on -
white laminated plastic, attached with sheet metal screws or self-adhesive backs.
PERFORMANCE TESTS
A. After the electrical installation is complete, test it to demonstrate that the entire system is
in proper working order and in accordance with the drawings and specifications.
END OF SECTION
GW RP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
PA092901134-09290-1000610ocs1SpecsIGWRPphasel%26 16000 Elec Regts,doc 16000-5
SECTION 17000 —INSTRUMENTATION CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
PARTI- GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTON
A. This section of the specifications includes materials, testing, and installation of
instrumentation as specified herein and indicated on the drawings.
B. These specifications shall not be interpreted as permission or direction to violate any
governing code or ordinance. Equipment, materials, and workmanship shall comply with
the latest revisions of the following codes and standards:
1. Instrumentation: instrument Society of America (ISA).
2. Wiring: National Electrical Code (NEC), ISA S5.3 and S5.4, 1976.
3. Control Panels and Equipment: NEMA, UL, and ANSI.
4. Control Logic: Joint Industrial Council (JIC).
5. Piping: ANSI 1331.3 (instrumentation piping).
1.2 RELATED WORK
A. Electrical Requirements: 16000
13 SUBMITTALS
A. Detailed Systems Drawings and Data: The submittal shall consist of six sets of detailed
drawings and data prepared and organized by the Contractor who was designated at the
time of bidding. These drawings and data shall be submitted as a complete package at
one time.
1. Submittals shall be in three-ring hardcover binders and arranged for convenient
use including tab sheets, all indexed, and cross-referenced.
1 Detailed JIC-style schematic diagrams of each discrete 110 point.
3. Detailed instrumentation diagrams of each analog UO instrumentation and
control loop, per ISA S5.3 and S5.4 standards.
4. Data sheets for each component, together with. a technical product brochure or
bulletin. The data sheets shall show:
a. Component name.
b. Manufacturer's model number.
C. Project tag number.
d. Project location.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL
P:109290t334-09290-100061E)ocsSSpecsIGWRPphase112517000Instrumentation Regts.doc 17000-1
C. Input and output characteristics.
f. Scale range and units (if any) and multiplier (if any).
g. Requirements for electric supply (if any).
S. The data sheets shall be grouped together in the submittal by systems or loops as
a separate group for each system or loop. If within a single system or loop, a
single component is employed more than once, one data sheet with one brochure
or bulletin may cover all identical uses of that component in that system.
6. Component -interconnect drawings showing the interconnecting wiring between
each component including equipment supplied under other sections requiring
interfacing with the control system.
7. Arrangement and construction drawings for consoles, control panels, and for
other special enclosed assemblies for field installation. These drawings shall
include dimensions, identification of all components, preparation and finish data,
nameplates, and the like. These drawings also include enough _other details to
deme the style and overall appearance of the assembly; a finish color sample
shall be included.
8. Installation, mounting, and anchoring detail for all components or entry details.
9. Complete detailed bills of material.
10. Operation, Maintenance, and Repair Manuals:
a. The organization of the initial submittal required above shall be
compatible to eventual inclusion as one volume of the operation,
maintenance, and repair manuals.
b. Operation manuals shall be prepared and submitted review in six copies.
C, The complete operation manual shall contain all the information
included in the preliminary equipment submittal, the detailed installation
submittal, programming instructions, and the additional information
required herein, all bound in hard -cover binders and arranged for
convenient use including tab sheets, all indexed and cross referenced,
and all final as -built drawings.
d. The operation manuals shall contain: (1) operating instructions written
for; the benefit of plant operating personnel for normal operational
conditions, (2) calibration and maintenance instructions, (3) trouble-
shooting instructions, and (4) instructions for ordering replacement
parts.
e. At the time of submittal of the Operating Manuals, the Contractor shall
provide as -built versions of submittal drawings, and equipment
manufacturers shop drawings in hardcopy and digital format. The digital
format shall be the latest version AutoCAD.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL
P:109290i134-09290-100061Docsl$pecsIGWRPphase?12517000 Instrumertation Reqtsdoc 17000-2
1.4 QUALIFICATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install the proposed hardware as shown on the drawings
and as specified herein. Instrumentation and control systems shall be the unit
responsibility of the one system supplier for all hardware
B. All calibration and final checkout of the instrumentation system shall be witnessed by
the Engineer to determine if the system complies with the contract documents.
C. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating and interfacing with equipment
supplied under these contract documents which are an integral part of the system.
Interfacing shall be incorporated in the detailed systems drawings and data section of the
contract documents.
D. The system supplier shall be experienced in the design, programming, and service of this
type of equipment, In the event of a dispute as to the acceptability of the system
supplier, LMC shall make the final determination.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.1 DESIGNATION OF COMPONENTS
In. these specifications and on the plans, all systems, and other elements are represented
schematically and are designated by numbers, as derived from criteria in Instrument Society of
America Standards. The nomenclature and numbers designated herein and on the plans shall be
employed exclusively throughout shop drawings, data sheets, and the like. Any other symbols,
designations, and nomenclature unique to a manufacturce standard methods shall not replace
those prescribed above, as used herein, and on the plans.
2.2 INSTRUMENT TAGGING
Attach a stainless-steel tag to the instrument at the factory. Permanently mark the stainless-steel
tag with. the instrument tag number. The manufacturer's standard metal nameplate as a minimum
shall denote model number, serial number, operating electrical voltage and amperage (when
applicable), and date of manufacturer.
2.3 INSTRUMENT SYSTEM POWER
Power provided for the instrument system shall be 120 -volt a -c, single phase from a single
source. This system will supply 100% of the control power for the PLC and instruments.
Provide battery backup and/or UPS systems as required by the contract documents.
Where d -e power supplies are not furnished integral with any one instrument system loop, then
provide separate solid-state power supplies.
2.4 MATCHING STYLE, APPEARANCE AND TYPE
All display instruments of each type shall represent the same outward appearance, having the
same physical size and shape and the same size and style of numbers and pointers.
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL
P:1092901134-09290-100os\ooe5kspecslGWRPpnaseIQ6 17000 Imtrurnentaiion Regts.doc 17000-3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 UNIFORMITY OF COMPONENTS
Components that perform the same or similar functions shall, to the greatest degree possible, be
of the same or similar type, the same manufacture, the same grade of construction, the same size,
and the same appearance.
3.2 MOUNTING OF EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES
A. Mount equipment in accordance with the installation detail drawings as prepared by the
Contractor and reviewed by the Engineer. Mount equipment so that they are rigidly
supported, level and plumb, and in such a manner as to provide accessibility; protection
from damage; isolation from heat, shock, and vibration; and freedom from interference
with other equipment, piping, and electrical work. Do not install consoles, cabinets, and
panels until heavy construction work adjacent to computer and telemetry equipment has
been completed to the extent that there shall be no damage to the equipment.
B. Locate devices, including accessories, where they shall be accessible from grade, except
as shown otherwise.
C. Mount local equipment in cabinets or existing panels as specified. Mount associated 110
terminals on a comm. on panel or rack, mounting panels and rack shall be baked enamel.
D. Coordinate the installation of the electrical service to components related to the system
to assure a compatible and functionally correct system. All accessories shall be
coordinated and installation supervised by the Contractor.
E. Test the complete system after installation to assure that all components are operating
with the specified range and all interlocks are functioning properly.
3.3 TESTING
The contractor shall perform testing and start-up of the instrumentation and control.
Testing of 10, comm., 01T and UPS devices, as applicable, shall be performed and documented.
Prior to installation the contractor shall submit for approval a Facility Acceptance Test (FAT)
which will outline a full point-to-point check of all 10, describe all instrument loops and the
associated range of operation and a functional test of all programmed logic to be performed
during and after installation of the P.C. The test will be reviewed by the ENGINEER and the
CITY and returned with comments and corrections (if required).
The Contractor shall then utilize the edited FAT to perform the as installed testing described in
the tests andsupply the CITY with a completed and signed copy prior to completion of start-up.
END OF SECTION
GWRP EXPANSION — PHASE 1 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL
P:1092901134-09290,100063QocslSpecsIGWRPphase1125 17000 Instrumentation Regts.doc 17000-4
Bond No. 6736390
PERFORMANCE BOND Premium $4,832.00
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,
That TETRA TECH, INC. as Contractor,
And SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA as Surety,
are held firmly bound unto the City of San .duan Capistrano, a legal entity, organized and existing in the
County of Orange, California, hereinafter called the "Owner," in the sum of:
FOUR HUNDRED TWENTY THOUSAND ONE HUNDRED THIRTY NINE
AND 001100 ($420,139.00) dollars,
for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors,
administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS said Contractor has been awarded and is about to enter into the annexed Agreement with said
Owner to perform the Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents entitled:
GWRP EXPANSION - PHASE 1 - RELOCATIONS AND PREPARATORY WORK ASSOCIATED WITH
INSTALLATION OF GRANULATED ACTIVATED CARBON (GAC) SYSTEM CIP NO. 10802
NOW THEREFORE, if said Contractor shall perform all the requirements of said Contract Documents
required to be performed on its part, at the times and in the manner specified herein, then this obligation
shall be nail and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect,
PROVIDED, that any alterations in the Work to be done or the materials to be furnished, or changes in the
time of completion, which may be made pursuant to the terms of said Contract Documents, shall not in any
way release said Contractor or said Surety thereunder, nor shall any extensions of time granted under the
provisions of said Contract Documents, release either said Contractor or said Surety, and notice of such
alterations or extensions of the Agreement is hereby waived by said Surety.
SIGNED AND SEALED, this 25th day of
Ccntractor TETRA ECH, INC.
Title er _.
GWRP EXPANSION -- PHASE 1
h.�C!9�`��93h...�A293-7 ���3seGow`,SRraee;G��iP.�phaxu'i.15 �s�r�rr,�!rr.;n �s3;�:ocx
October
2010
Surety- SAFECO IN URANCE COMPANY OFAMER€CA
Title B. Aleman, Attorney -in -Fact
(SEAL AND NOTARIAL
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
OF SURETY)
PERFORMANCE BOND
AGREEMENT AND BONDS
State of California
County of Los Angeles
On OU 2 5 2010 before me, Marina Tapia, Notary Public,
personally appeared B. Aleman who proved to me
on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(e) whose
name(-&) isles subscribed ' to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that h-e/she/they executed the same in
h-i-siher/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by hi-s/herlthe4
signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon
behalf of which the persons) acted, executed the instrument.
I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of
California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
Signature
Marina Tapia, Notary Public
MARINA TAPIA
' =
COM MI #1728314
p NOTARY PUBUG - CALIFORNIA
a LOS ANGELES COUNTY -�
• �a,> My Comm. Expires March 30, 2011
PAYMENT BOND Bond No. 673639€7
Premium Included in
Performance Band
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,
That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA as Surety,
are held firmly bound unto the City of San Juan Capistrano, a legal entity, organized and existing in the
County of Orange, State of California, hereinafter called the "Owner,', in the sum of:
FOUR HUNDRED TWENTY THOUSAND ONE HUNDRED THIRTY NINE AND 001100 ($420,139.00) dollars
for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors,
administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, said Contractor has been awarded and is about to enter into the annexed agreement with said
Owner to perform the Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents entitled:
GWRP EXPANSION -- PHASE 1 — RELOCATIONS AND PREPARATORY WORK ASSOCIATED WITH
INSTALLATION OF GRANULATED ACTIVATED CARBON (GAG) SYSTEM CIP NO, 10802
NOW THEREFORE, if said Contractor, its subcontractors, its heirs, executors, administrators, successors,
or assigns shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, equipment, or other supplies used in,
upon, for, or about the performance of the Work contracted to be done, or for any work or labor thereon of
any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code, or for any amounts required to be
deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Development Department from the wages of
employees of the Contractor and its subcontractors pursuant to Section 13020 of the Unemployment
Insurance Code with respect to such labor, all as required by the provisions of Title XV, Chapter 7, Sections
3247-3252, inclusive, of the Civil Code of the State of California and acts amendatory thereof, and Sections
of other Codes of the State of California referred to therein and acts amendatory thereof, and provided that
the persons, companies, or corporations so furnishing said materials, provisions, equipment, or other
supplies, appliances, or power used in, upon, for, or about performance of the Work contracted to be
executed or performed, or any person, company, or corporation renting or hiring implements or machinery
or power for, or contributing to, said work to be done, or any person who performs work or labor upon the
same, or any person who supplies both work and materials therefore, shall have complied with the
provisions of said laws, then said surety will pay the same in an amount not exceeding the sum
hereinbefore set forth, and also wilt pay, in case suit is brought upon this bond, a reasonable attorney's fee
as shall be fixed by the Court. This Bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons named in Section
3181 of the Civil Code of the State of California so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any
suit brought upon this bond.
PROVIDED, that any alterations in the Work to be done or the materials to be furnished, or changes in the
time of completion, which may be made pursuant to the terms of said Contract Documents, shall not in any
way release said Contractor or said Surety thereunder, nor shall any extensions of time granted under the
provisions of said Contract Documents release either said Contractor or said Surety, and notice of said
alterations or extensions of the Agreement is hereby waived by said Surety.
SIGNED AND SEALED, this 25th -- day of
Contractor TETRA T C , INC.
By
Title O V U�
GW RP EXPANSiiW N PHASE 1
rl" i}I 1291n" 13.1 092Q0 7 BwTcl.00, :
October
2010
Surety,,"FECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
By 1
Title B. Aleman, Attorney -in -Fact
(SEAT_ AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT
OF SURETY)
PAYMENT BOND
AGREEMENT AND BONGS
State of California
County of Los Angeles
4n 0 P. 5 20 before me, Marina Tapia, Notary Public,
personally appeared B. Aleman who proved to me
on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the persons) whose
names) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that be/she/texecuted the same in
bis/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by hislherlthe+r
signature(s) on the instrument the person(&), or the entity upon
behalf of which the person(a) acted, executed the instrument.
I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of
California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
Signature
Marina Tapia, Notary Public
MARINA TAPIA
COMM. #1728314
Ell
= o �" NOTARY PUBLIC • CAUFORN3A
g Lias Aj1,GEi.ES COUNTY - s
My Comm. Expires March 30.2011
POWER
OF ATTORNEY
at
No. 6843
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS:
Safeco Insurance Company of America
General Insurance Company of America
1001 4th Avenue
Suite 1700
Seattle, WA 98154
That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a
Washington corporation, does each hereby appoint
E.S. ALBRECHT, JR.; TRACY ASTON; TOM BRANIGAN; K.D. CONRAD; ASHRAF ELMASRY; SIMONE GERHARD;
JOYCE HERRIN; MICHAEL R. MAYBERRY; C.K. NAKAMURA; MARIA PENA; WILLIAM A. SADLER; EDWARD C.
SPECTOR; MARINA TAPIA; LISA L, THORNTON; BRENDA WONG; NOEMI QUIROZ; B. ALEMAN; Los Angeles, CA
its true and lawful attorney(s)-in-tact, with full authority to execute on its behalf fidelity and surety bonds or undertakings and other
documents of a similar character issued in the course of its business, and to bind the respective company thereby,
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL. INSURANCE COMPANY OF
AMERICA have each executed and attested these presents
this
21 st day of March 2009
Dexter R. Legg, Secretary Timothy A. Mikola"ewskl Vice President
CERTIFICATE
Extract from the By -Laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA:
"Article V, Section 13. - FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS ... the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, and any Assistant Vice
President appointed for that purpose by the officer in charge of surety operations, shall each have authority to appoint individuals as
attorneys -in -fact or under other appropriate titles with authority to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and
other documents of similar character issued by the company in the course of its business... On any instrument making or evidencing
such appointment, the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On any instrument conferring such authority or on any bond or
undertaking of the company, the seat, or a facsimile thereof, may be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced;
provided, however, that the seat shall not be necessary to the validity of any such instrument or undertaking."
Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28, 1970.
"On any certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out,
(1) The provisions of Article V, Section 13 of the By -Laws, and
(ii) A copy of the power-of-attorney appointment, executed pursuant thereto, and
(iii) Certifying that said power-of-attorney appointment is in full force and effect,
the signature of the certifying officer may be by facsimile, and the seal of the Company may be a facsimile thereof."
I, Dexter R. Legg Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY
OF AMERICA, do hereby certify that the foregoing extracts of the By -Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these
corporations, and of a Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto, are true and correct, and that both the By -Laws, the Resolution and the
Power of Attorney are still in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said corporation
( rf11' . s
SEAL
L M J
�X* A kjj
Dexter R. Legg, Secretary
S-097405 3/09 WEB PDF
(* TETRATEC I
To: City of San Juan Capistrano
32400 Paseo Adelanto
San Juan Capistrano, CA 92675
(949) 493-1171
Attention: Paul Scionti
Project Name: GWTP Expansion - Phase 1
TRANSMITTAL
Date: November 3, 2010
Job No. 135-09290-11002-5001 (100)
Enclosing: ❑ Per Your Request Via: ® Overnight Service ❑ Messenger ❑ Other
❑ For Your Review ❑ UPS ❑ U.S. Mail
Description:
One (1) original of signed corrected Bond forms
Remarks:
Please return the previous bond in the enclosed self-addressed envelope.
SBTIcg
P:\09290\1 3S-09290-110021Proj gtiit\C'orrespoizdence1Y"07-2010-11-03-SJ C. doe
Signed: _.
Steve Tedesco, P.E.
TETRA TECH
17885 Von #Carman Avenue
Suite 500.
Irvine, GA 92614-6213
Tel: 949.809.5000
Fax: 949.809.5010
Today's Date: L i
Project Manager's Last Name: W45+- 10,
Council or •.- Meeting D. p.
LJ Mayor
Ll CRA Chair
City Manager
Transmittal Routing
(Check All That Apply)
City Attorney
® City Clerk
Phone Extension: q3O It
Provide (1) executed original contract. for each signing party, including the City. If the agreement is to be
recorded — only (1) original will be recorded with certified copies going to other parties.
Please provide the mailing address of any party to receive ars agreement — unless the mailing address is
included within the body of the agreement:
Names Street City St Zi
Form Date: 01-2004 D-7
:2400 PASEO ADELANTO
SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO, CA 92675
(949) 493.1171
(949) 493-1053 FAx
WWW SW71 U(zncapzstrano. or g
.iii I i iMIN a .A,
TO:
Tetra Tech
Attn: Neil Barnsdale, PE
17885 Von Karman Ave., Ste 500
Irvine, CA 92614
DATE: October 28, 2010
FROM: Kristen Lewis, Administrative Specialist (949) 443-6308
MEMBERS OF THE CITY COUNCIL
SAM ALLEVATO
LAURA FREESE
THOMAS W. HRISAR
MARK NIELSEN
DR. LONDRES USO
RE: Contract — GWRP Expansion, Phase 1 (CIP No. 10802)
Thank you for maintaining documentation confirming compliance with the terms of the
agreement related to insurance.
Please keep in mind this documentation must remain current with our office during the term of
this agreement. If you have questions related to insurance requirements, please call me at
(949) 443-6308.
If you have questions concerning the agreement, please contact West Curry, Assistant Utilities
Director, at (949) 4874307.
An original agreement is enclosed for your records.
Cc: West Curry, Assistant Utilities Director
San Juan Capistrano. 'reserving the Patio .nhanee the Future
0 Printed on 100% recyckcd paper